You are on page 1of 325

Confidential

Service manual
TM-U675/U675P
(with autocutter)

Issued Date , ,
Issued by

English
401239103
Rev.D

EPSON
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Confidential TM-U675/U675P(with autocutter) Service Manual

Revision Table

Rev. Page Description

Rev. A All pages Newly authorized

Rev. B 3-8 Changed the explanation for Adjusting the Platen Gap.

Reason for change:


Mistakes and missing information.

Rev. C 2-118 Added the parts Ferrite core .


F-2
Reason for change:
To meet the EMC requirements.

H The explanation for the Appendix-H is moved to the other text tm-u675ac_eng_sm_revC.

Reason for change


To cut the data capacity of the manual per one text by dividing the manual between two
texts.

Rev. D 2-24 Added the information how to solder the cables (carriage motor cable).

Reason for change


To use the parts in common with other models.

2-93 Added the information how to solder the cables (paper feed motor cable).

Reason for change


To use the parts in common with other models.

Revision Table i

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

ii Revision Table

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
BY USING THIS DOCUMENT, YOU AGREE TO ABIDE BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. PLEASE RETURN
THIS DOCUMENT IMMEDIATELY IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS.
This document contains confidential, proprietary information of Seiko Epson Corporation or its affiliates. You
must keep such information confidential. If the user is a business entity or organization, you must limit disclosure
to those of your employees, agents, and contractors who have a need to know and who are also bound by
obligations of confidentiality.

On the earlier of (a) termination of your relationship with Seiko Epson, or (b) Seiko Epsons request, you must
stop using the confidential information. You must then return or destroy the information, as directed by Seiko
Epson.

If a court, arbitrator, government agency, or the like orders you to disclose any confidential information, you must
immediately notify Seiko Epson. You agree to give Seiko Epson reasonable cooperation and assistance in the
negotiation.

You may use confidential information only for the purpose of operating or servicing the products to which the
document relates, unless you obtain the prior written consent of Seiko Epson for some other use.

Seiko Epson warrants that it has the right to disclose the confidential information. SEIKO EPSON MAKES NO
OTHER WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER
INFORMATION IN THE DOCUMENT, INCLUDING (WITHOUT LIMITATION) ANY WARRANTY OF TITLE
OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Seiko Epson has no liability for loss or damage arising from or relating to your use of
or reliance on the information in the document.

You may not reproduce, store, or transmit the confidential information in any form or by any means (electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise) without the prior written permission of Seiko Epson.

Your obligations under this Agreement are in addition to any other legal obligations. Seiko Epson does not waive
any right under this Agreement by failing to exercise it. The laws of Japan apply to this Agreement.

Cautions
No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of
Seiko Epson Corporation.

The contents of this document are subject to change without notice. Please contact us for the latest information.

While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document, Seiko Epson Corporation assumes no
responsibility for errors or omissions.

Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained herein.

Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third parties
for damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by the purchaser or third parties as a result of: accident, misuse, or
abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs, or alterations to this product, or (excluding the U.S.)
failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporations operating and maintenance instructions.

Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be liable against any damages or problems arising from the use of any options
or any consumable products other than those designated as Original EPSON Products or EPSON Approved
Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.

EPSON and ESC/POS are registered trademarks of Seiko Epson Corporation

Rev.D i

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Contents
Revision Table
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
For Safe Repair and Maintenance Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Key to Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Safety Precautions on Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Safety Precautions on Maintenance/Repair/Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Note on Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Modular Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Aim of the Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Manual Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting
Before Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Diagnosing Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Symptoms and Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Printer Mechanism Power on Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Opening and Closing the Platen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Detecting the Head Carriage Home Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Feeding Roll Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Starting and Stopping Self Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Printing Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
MICR Reader Test (Only with Printers that Have a MICR Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Troubleshooting Using the ERROR LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Test Points on the Printer Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Test Points on the Main Circuit Board Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Locations of the Main Elements on the Main Circuit Board Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Procedures for Replacing the Print Head Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Removing Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Paper Jams in the Autocutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Paper Jams in the Roll Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Paper Jams in the Slip Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Detector Functions and Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

Chapter 2 Assembly and Disassembly


Before Assembly and Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
About this Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Assembling the Mechanism Assembly (M-U675) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Pre-assembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Assembly of the Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
Assembling the TM-U675/U675P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94
Pre-assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94
Assembly of the TM-U675 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-96

Chapter 3 Adjusting and Setting


Before Adjusting and Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Phase Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Adjusting the Platen Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Setting Threshold Values for Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

ii Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix A Service Tools and Lubricants

Appendix B Maintenance
Maintenance and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
MICR Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
Cleaning Sheet Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
Procedures for Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3

Appendix C Installation
Connecting to the Host PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Connecting the Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
Connecting to a Direct Connection Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
Power Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4

Appendix D Product Overview


Component Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Outline of Printer Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
Printing Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
Detection Mechanism Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-7
Roll Paper Feed Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-15
Slip Feed Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-25
Validation Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-29
Ribbon Feed Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-29
MICR Mechanism (Factory Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-31
Cutter Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-34
Autocutter Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-34
Drive Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-35
Cutter Blade Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-36
Clutch Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-36
Autocutter Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-36
Cutter Blade Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-37
Emergency Cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-38
Outline of Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-39
Connection of Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-39
Circuit Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-40
Memory Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-41
Main Circuit Board Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-42
CPU and Peripheral Logic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-44
Slip Mechanism Drive Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-55
Input Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-66
Control Panel Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-69
Malfunction Protective Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-70
Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-71
Important Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-72
DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-73
Serial Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-73
Parallel Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-75
Outline of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-76
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-76
Printer Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-77

Rev.D iii

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
MICR Reader (Factory Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-78
Autocutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-78
Overall Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-79
Interface Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-80

Appendix E Parts List


Alphanumeric List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1
Reference Number List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10

Appendix F Exploded Diagrams


TM-U675/U675P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1
Autocutter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
Mechanism Assembly (without MICR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
Mechanism Assembly (with MICR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4
Frame Assembly (without MICR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Frame Assembly (with MICR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6
Carriage Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7
PF Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
MICR Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9

Appendix G General Lubrication Point Diagrams


TM-U675/U675P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1
Autocutter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
Mechanism Assembly (without MICR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
Mechanism Assembly (with MICR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
Frame Assembly (without MICR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
Frame Assembly (with MICR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
Carriage Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7
PF Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
MICR Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9

Appendix I Printer Handling


Using the Power Switch Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1
Opening the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-2
Opening and Closing the Roll Paper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-2
Opening the Roll Paper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-2
Closing the Roll Paper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-3
Installing or Replacing the Paper Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-3
Removing Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-7
Installing the Ribbon Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-8
Inserting Slip Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-10
Inserting Validaton Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-10
Reading MICR Characters On Personal Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-11
Adjusting the Roll Paper Near End Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-12
Using the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-13
Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-13
Control Panel Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-13

Appendix J Screw Types

Appendix K Parts Layout


Main Circuit Board Unit (Parts Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-1
Main Circuit Board Unit (Solder Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-2

iv Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

For Safe Repair and Maintenance Work

Key to Symbols
The symbols in this manual are identified by their level of importance, as defined below. Read
the following carefully before handling the product.

WARNING:
You must follow warnings carefully to avoid serious bodily injury.

CAUTION:
Observe cautions to avoid minor injury to your self, damage to your equipment, or loss
of data.

Note:
Notes have important information and useful tips on the operation of your equipment.

Safety Precautions on Handling


This section presents important information intended to ensure safe and effective use of this
product. Please read this section carefully and store it in an accessible location.

WARNING:
Shut down your equipment immediately if it produces smoke, a strange odor, or unusual
noise. Continued use may lead to fire or electric shock. Immediately unplug the
equipment.

Only disassemble this product as described in this manual. Do not make modifications to
the unit. Tampering with this product may result in injury, fire, or electric shock.

Be sure to use the specified power source. Connection to an improper power source
may cause fire or shock.

Never insert or disconnect the power plug with wet hands. Doing so may result in severe
shock.

Do not allow foreign matter to fall into the equipment. Penetration by foreign objects
may lead to fire or shock.

If water or other liquid spills into this equipment, unplug the power cord immediately.
Continued usage may lead to fire or shock.

Do not place multiple loads on the power outlet (wall outlet). Overloading the outlet
may lead to fire.

Rev.D v

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Always supply power directly from a standard domestic power outlet.

Handle the power cord with care. Improper handling may lead to fire or shock.

Do not modify or attempt to repair the cord.

Do not place any object on top of the cord.

Avoid excessive bending, twisting, and pulling.

Do not place cord near heating equipment.

Check that the plug is clean before plugging it in.

Be sure to push the prongs all the way in.

CAUTION:
Do not connect cables in ways other than those mentioned in this manual.
Different connections may cause equipment damage and burning.

Be sure to set this equipment on a firm, stable, horizontal surface. Product may break or
cause injury if it falls.

Do not use in locations subject to high humidity or dust levels. Excessive humidity and
dust may cause equipment damage, fire, or shock.

Do not place heavy objects on top of this product. Never stand or lean on this product.
Equipment may fall or collapse, causing breakage and possible injury.

To ensure safety, please unplug this product prior to leaving it unused for an extended
period.

Do not touch the print head or the paper feed motor. Wait for the head and the motor
to cool. The head and the motor can be very hot after printing for a long time. Touching
them may cause burns.

Safety Precautions on Maintenance/Repair/Inspection

WARNING:
Be sure to use the designated type of fuse for the circuit board. Use of a different type
may result in fire.

Remove the power cord and all other cables from this product before disassembly or
reassembly to prevent electrical shock.

To prevent the possibility of electrical shock, do not perform maintenance, repair, or


inspection during a thunder storm.

vi Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

CAUTION:
Wear a grounded wrist band when handling the internal circuit boards to prevent
damage from static electricity.

When removing an internal circuit board, place it on an anti-static rubber sheet or


similar surface to prevent damage from static electricity.

Parts on the circuit board may become hot during operation. Therefore, wait
approximately 10 minutes after turning the power off before touching them.

Be careful not to subject the circuit boards to shock or vibration, because this may
damage them.

Do not touch the circuit board or cable terminals with your hands to prevent
contamination that may result in a malfunction.

Do not use an alcohol, benzine, thinner, trichloroethylene, or ketone-based solvent to


clean the parts. This type of solvent may damage the plastic and rubber parts.

Wipe off any dirt with a dry or slightly moist cloth. Be sure to remove the power cord
from the outlet at this time.

Note on Disposal

Note:
Be sure to follow current laws or regulations when disposing of the product.

Modular Connector
The following label is visible near the two modular connectors on the back of this product.

Use the modular connectors specifically designed for the cash drawer and customer display for
this product. Do not connect these connectors to an ordinary telephone line.

Rev.D vii

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
About This Manual

Aim of the Manual


This manual was created to provide the information on printer maintenance and repair required
by technicians who handle this work.

Manual Content
The manual is made up of the following sections:

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Describes troubleshooting procedures (specific


problems and remedies)

Chapter 2 Assembly and Disassembly Describes product assembly and disassembly

Chapter 3 Adjusting and Setting Describes product adjustment and setting


procedures

Appendix A Service Tools and Describes tools and lubricants required to


Lubricants perform maintenance and repair

Appendix B Maintenance Describes required procedures to perform


maintenance and inspection

Appendix C Installation Describes installation procedures

Appendix D Product Overview Provides reference information for maintenance


and inspection

Appendix E Parts List Contains a list of spare parts

Appendix F Exploded Diagrams Disassembly diagrams for the product

Appendix G General Lubrication Lubrication point diagrams for this product


Point Diagrams

Appendix H Circuit Board Unit Circuit Circuit diagrams for the product
Diagrams

Appendix I Printer Handling Describes required handling procedures when


performing maintenance and repair

Appendix J Screw types Describes screw types

Appendix K Parts layout Describes parts layout

viii Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Chapter 1
Troubleshooting

Before Servicing
The beginning of this manual (pages vi to viii) provides precautions you should observe to
perform work safely and the necessary information to service this product safely. Always read
that information before starting your work.

Diagnosing Failures
Use one of the following methods to diagnose the area where a failure occurred.

See Table 1-1 for diagnosing the area where a failure occurred by the symptom of the
problem.

See Table 1-2 on page 1-9 for diagnosing the area where a failure occurred from the ERROR
LED code.

See Table 1-4 on page 1-12 when the failure is on the main circuit board unit.

Note:
The explanation of how to use the self test is on page 1-6.
The explanation of power on self checks is on page 1-4.

Symptoms and Solutions


This explains how to find the source of a problem using the symptom. The numbers in the
Solutions column indicate the order to use to check the problem. If you cannot determine the
cause of the problem after checking the first item, proceed to the next number.
Table1-1 Symptoms and Checkpoint
Symptom Checkpoints (by Priority)

Power does not turn on. 1. Check the power supply unit. Check that 24V is coming out of
Power on self check is not completed. the power supply.
Or, POWER LED does not light. 2. Check the main circuit board unit. (See page 1-12.)
3. Unplug the printer. Then unplug each motor or coil's connector
from the main board one by one; plug the printer back in, and
power it on. This will let you know if any motor or coil has burned
out and is pulling down the power. (See page 1-11.)
4. Replace the I/F circuit board. (See page 2-129.)

There are missing dots in the print. 1. Replace the print head unit. (See page 1-15.)
2. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

The print is thin. 1. Replace the ribbon cassette. (See page I-8.)
2. Proceed to Ribbon wont feed below.

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Table1-1 Symptoms and Checkpoint
Symptom Checkpoints (by Priority)

Ribbon wont feed. 1. Replace the ribbon cassette. (See page I-8.)
2. Check sprocket and gears for paper particles.
3. Check the carriage motor and gears. (See page 1-11.)
4. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-96.)

Unevenness occurs in the concentration of 1. Replace the ribbon cassette. (See page I-8.)
the print. 2. Adjust the platen gap. (See page 3-8.)

There is ink smudging on the print surface. 1. Check for paper residue around the print head unit.
2. Adjust the platen gap. (See page 3-8.)

Paper jams Remove the jammed paper by following the directions in


Removing Paper Jams on page 1-19.

Roll paper feed failure 1. Check that the roll paper is inserted correctly. (See page I-3.)
2. Check the paper feed motor. (See page 1-11.)
3. Check the J/S change solenoid. (See page 1-11.)
4. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

Slip paper/validation paper feed failure 1. Check that the slip paper/validation paper is inserted correctly.
(See page I-10)
2. Check the paper feed motor. (See page 1-11.)
3. Check the J/S change solenoid. (See page 1-11.)
4. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

Roll paper take-up failure 1. Check that the roll paper is inserted correctly. (See page I-3.)
2. Check that the take-up assembly is installed correctly into the
printer. (See page I-6.)
3. Check that the take-up belt is attached correctly.
(See page 2-112.)
4. Check the paper feed motor. (See page 1-11.)
5. Check the J/S change solenoid. (See page 1-11.)
6. Replace the main circuit board. (See page 2-96.)

The printer wont recognize when slip paper 1. Clean away dirt around the slip B. O. F. detector assembly or the
is inserted. slip T. O. F. detector assembly. (See page B-2.)
2. Replace the slip B. O. F. detector assembly. (See page 2-63.)
3. Replace the slip T. O. F. detector assembly. (See page 2-77.)
4. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

The printer wont recognize when validation 1. Clean away dirt around the validation detector assembly. (See
paper is inserted. page B-2.)
2. Replace the validation detector assembly. (See page 2-63.)
3. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

Roll paper semi-auto loading paper feed 1. Check that the roll paper is inserted correctly. (See page I-3.)
failure 2. Remove paper residue and dirt from the inside the paper feed
frame assembly.
3. Check the paper feed motor. (See page 1-11.)
4. Check the J/S change solenoid. (See page 1-11.)
5. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

1-2 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Table1-1 Symptoms and Checkpoint


Symptom Checkpoints (by Priority)

Drawer kick operation failure 1. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

Display module display failure 1. Check that the unit is a serial model. (The display module will
not work on parallel models.)
2. Check that DIP switch 2-2 is set to ON. (If it is OFF, the display
module will not work.)
3. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

MICR reading failure 1. Clean the MICR head. (See page B-3.)
2. Replace the MICR head. (See page 2-9.)
3. Replace the MICR fixing and MICR fixing sheet.
(See page 2-10)
4. Replace the MICR solenoid. (See page 2-12.)
5. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

Missing characters/misprinted characters/ 1. Check the settings of the DIP switches. (See page D-73.)
font breakdown 2. Replace the interface cable. (See page C-1.)

ERROR LED is lit. 1. Close the front cover or roll paper cover (rear cover).
(When it is flashing, see page 1-9.) 2. Replace with new roll paper. (See page I-3.)

Autocutter does not work 1. Check the cutter motor assembly. (See page 1-11.)
2. Replace the main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Printer Mechanism Power on Checks
The printer mechanism runs through the following tests when you turn on the power supply to
the printer.

Opens and closes the platen.


Detects carriage home position.
Feeds roll paper to the printer.

This section describes the items that you can check visually.

Opening and Closing the Platen


The printer opens and closes the platen once. Check this operation with the front cover opened.

check for the platen open and


close operation

Figure 1-1 Opening and closing the platen

Detecting the Head Carriage Home Position


The head carriage on a dot impact printer moves to the left side (home position) once and then
to the right side before stopping. Check this operation with the front cover opened.

check for head carriage


movement

Figure 1-2 Detecting the head carriage home position

1-4 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Feeding Roll Paper


Roll paper is fed 1 to 2 mm. You cannot see this if the roll paper is not inserted.

check for paper feed

Figure 1-3 Feeding roll paper

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Starting and Stopping Self Tests

Printing Tests
Starting the Tests
Roll paper self test:

The printer starts printing on the roll paper when you turn on the power while holding
down the receipt FEED button when all the covers are closed. After printing is completed,
operate the autocutter to cut the receipt.

Slip paper self test:

The SLIP LED flashes and the printer enters the slip paper wait mode when you turn on the
power while holding down the RELEASE button when all the covers are closed. Printing
starts on the slip paper when you insert a slip of paper in the printer.

Validation paper self test:

Turn on the power supply while holding down the FEED and the RELEASE buttons while
the cover is closed. The SLIP LED flashes and the printer enters the validation paper wait
status. In this state, printing begins on the validation paper when you insert validation
paper.

Test Wait Mode


Roll paper self test:

After the test print is completed, the printer enters the self test wait mode. The PAPER OUT
LED flashes after printing "SELF-TEST printing. Please press PAPER FEED button."
Test printing starts when you press the receipt paper FEED button.

Slip paper self test:

When the printer status print is completed, the printer ejects the slip and waits for the next
slip of paper. Test printing starts when you insert a slip of paper in the printer.

Validation paper self test:

When the printer has ejected the validation paper, you can insert the next validation sheet
and printing continues.

Ending the Test


The printer prints "***completed***" and the test ends when the determined number of lines
have been printed. The printer enters the normal mode after the power on tests are
completed. After printing to the paper roll, operate the autocutter to cut the receipt.

1-6 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

MICR Reader Test (Only with Printers that Have a MICR Unit)
1. Load the roll paper in the printer.

2. Turn off the power supply to the printer.

3. Open the roll paper cover.

4. Press the RELEASE button while turning on the power supply.

5. Press the RELEASE button seven times.

6. Close the roll paper cover.

7. The following message is printed on the roll paper. The SLIP LED flashes.

**** RECOGNITION MODE ****

Please set check.

8. Insert check paper into the printer. Insert so that the MICR characters are facing upward on
one side of the paper insertion slot. The printer will run a test to read the check.

9. After reading is completed, remove the check. The printer prints the check data on the roll
paper.

<Example Printing> With E13B Font Check Paper

??????????? ????????????? ????


T012345678T 9012345678900 1234 Data that was read
(lower line).

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

<Example Printing> With CMC7 Font Check Paper

=0000066 =123456789012^ 210987654321/ Data that was read


???????? ?????????????? ????????????? (lower line).

10. Verify that the check was read correctly. You can continue running the test by inserting
more checks.

11. When you have finished the test, turn off the power supply to the printer.

1-8 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Troubleshooting Using the ERROR LED


You can learn the cause of a failure by checking the ERROR LED code. The following table
shows problems and solutions to repair the printer. Numbers in the "Solutions" column indicate
the order to use to check the problem. If you cannot determine the cause of the problem after
checking all the solutions listed, go back to the flowchart given earlier in this chapter.
Table1-2 Error causes and solutions
Solutions
Type of Error and ERROR LED Pattern Explanation (Listed in the order you should use to check printer)

Autocutter Error An autocutter error 1. Check for paper jams around the autocutter. (See
was detected. page 1-19.)
LED ON

2. Check the cutter motor assembly. (See page 1-11.)


320ms If there has been a short in the cutter motor
5120ms assembly, replace the main circuit board unit at
the same time. (See page 2-96.)

3. Replace the main circuit board unit and see if the


problem is fixed. (See page 2-96.)
If the printer is repaired, refer to Test Points on the
Main Circuit Board Unit (See page 1-12.) to analyze
the defective areas on the board.

Carriage home position detection The head carriage 1. Check the carriage assembly for a paper jam.
error home position was (To remove the carriage cover, see page 1-16.)
not correctly
detected. 2. Check for paper dust on the H.P. detector
assembly. (To remove the carriage cover, see
page 1-16.)

3. Replace the H.P. detector assembly. (See page 2-


22.)

Carriage out-of-step error There is no carriage 1. Check the carriage assembly for a paper jam.
detector output (To remove the carriage cover, see page 1-16.)
even when the
carriage is 2. Check the rotary encoder on the carriage motor
instructed to move. gear used to detect carriage position (The rotary
encoder is on the intermediate circuit board
assembly. You need to disassemble the
intermediate circuit board assembly to check the
encoder. To remove the intermediate circuit
board assembly, see page 2-22.)

3. Check the carriage motor. (See page 1-11.)


If the motor is shorted, replace it along with the
main board.

4. Replace the main circuit board unit and see if the


problem is fixed. (See page 2-96)

Slip eject error The slip paper was 1. Look into the printer from the left side to check for
not ejected a paper jam in the slip paper transport path.
normally.
2. Check the paper feed motor. (See page 1-11)
If the motor is shorted, replace it along with the
main board.

3. Try installing a new main circuit board unit to see if


the printer is fixed. (See page 2-96)

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Table1-2 Error causes and solutions
Solutions
Type of Error and ERROR LED Pattern Explanation (Listed in the order you should use to check printer)

Roll paper cover open error The roll paper cover Close the roll paper cover (rear cover).
(rear cover) was
detected as open
when printing.

Memory or gate array R/W error The R/W check did Replace the main circuit board unit to see if the
not operate printer is repaired. (See page 2-96.)
properly for the
memory or the
gate array.

High voltage error The power supply Replace the power supply unit to see if the printer is
voltage is high. repaired. (See page C-4.)

Low voltage error The power supply Replace the power supply unit to see if the printer is
voltage is low repaired. (See page C-4.)

CPU execution error An abnormal CPU 1. Check whether the I/F board is connected.
operation was
detected, or the I/F 2. Replace the main circuit board unit to see if the
board is printer is repaired. (See page 2-96.)
disconnected.

Drive circuit error One of the 1. Check if the printer is repaired after replacing the
following was print head unit. (See page 1-15.)
detected.
2. Check the resistance of the lever drive motor
Print head assembly. (See page 1-11.) Replace if shorted.
thermistor
detection error 3. Check if the printer is repaired after replacing the
Lever drive motor
lever motor T. P. detector assembly. (See page 2-
78.)
assembly error
4. Check if the printer is repaired after replacing the
main circuit board unit. (See page 2-96.)

Head high temperature error/roll One of the 1. If the error has occurred after loading the roll
paper error following problems paper, the roll paper has been inserted into the
has occurred. path wrong. Reinstall the roll paper.

2. If the error occurred during printing, a high head


The roll paper temperature has been detected. This error may
has been occur if you print continuously for too long. Leave
inserted into the the printer as it is. The error will be automatically
path wrong. cleared when the temperature has decreased. If
this error occurs frequently, check if the ambient
The print head
temperature is temperature is within specifications.
high.

1-10 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Test Points on the Printer Mechanism


This section shows how to test the motor and the coils.
Table1-3 Test points on the printer mechanism
Name of
Mechanism Part Name Internal Element Function Where to Check Normal Status

Autocutter Cutter motor DC brush motor Autocutter drive Remove the cable The line must
unit assembly connector connected be continu-
to CN7 on the main ous.
circuit board unit and
test between pin 1 and
pin 2.

Mechanism Lever drive coil Coil Form stopper Remove the cable Approx. 70
assembly A (left side operation connector connected
(M-U675) when facing Slip paper roller to CN30 on the main
the front of the (sub) operation circuit board unit and
printer) test between pin 26
and pin 27.

Lever drive coil Coil Platen open Remove the cable Approx. 70
B (right side and close. connector connected
when facing Cylindrical to CN30 on the main
the front of the printer platen circuit board unit and
printer) open and close test between pin 26
and pin 28.

Carriage motor 4 phase stepping Head carriage Remove the cable Approx. 4.5
motor drive connector connected (per 1 phase)
A B to CN30 on the main
ROTOR
A B
circuit board unit and
test between pin 1 and
pin 2 and between
pin 3 and pin 4.

Lever drive DC brush motor Form stopper Remove the cable The line must
motor assembly operation connector connected be continu-
Slip paper roller to CN30 on the main ous.
(sub) operation circuit board unit and
Platen open test between pin 29
and close and pin 30.
Endorsement
printer platen
open and close

Paper feed 4 phase stepping Slip paper feed Remove the cable Approx. 8
motor motor connector connected (per 1 phase)
A B to CN30 on the main
ROTOR
A B
circuit board unit and
test between pin 17
and pin 18 and
between
pin 19 and pin 20.

J/S change Coil Change of Remove the cable Approx. 45


solenoid journal paper connector connected
drive/slip paper to CN30 on the main
drive. circuit board unit and
test between pin 21
and pin 22 .

MICR solenoid Coil MICR hold drive Remove the cable Approx. 28.8
connector connected
to CN27 on the main
circuit board unit and
test between pin 1 and
pin 2 .

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Test Points on the Main Circuit Board Unit
After a main circuit board unit failure, one basic method for diagnosing the cause of the problem
on the main circuit board unit is to check the power supply line. Use the following table to check
the power supply line. First, check step number 1, and proceed to the next step if that is not the
problem.
Table1-4 Checking the power supply line
Step Location of Condition of Normal
# Type of Voltage Measurement Measurement Value Presumed Cause of the Error

1 Voltage input CN29, pin 1 Output when 24 V 10 % It is possible that the problem is pre-
from the power the power arcing of the F1 fuse. The fuse may
supply supply is ON. have pre-arced because of an
unusual input circuit.

Always replace the fuse after


removing the cause of the pre-arcing.
If you do not remove the cause of the
pre-arcing, and replace this fuse, the
problem may expand to
misoperation. Also, always use the
specified type of fuse when replacing.

2 Voltage input U11, pin 1 Output when 24 V 10 % It is possible that the problem is pre-
from the power the power arcing of the R3 fuse. The fuse may
supply supply is ON. have pre-arced because of a
problem in the logic power supply
circuit or because of a VCC over-
voltage.

If pre-arcing of the R3 fuse happens,


do not repair the main circuit board
unit. The quality of several parts on the
circuit board is weakened by pre-
arcing of the R3 fuse and safe
operation cannot be guaranteed.

3 Logic voltage VCC pad Output when 5V5% It is possible that the logic power
(VCC) (near L2) the power supply circuit has malfunctioned.
supply is ON.
If you find this line has a problem, do
not repair the main circuit board unit.
The quality of several parts on the
circuit board is weakened, and safe
operation cannot be guaranteed.

4 Logic voltage VCC-PWR pad Output when 5V5% The logic power supply circuit or Q44
(VCC-PWR) (near U14, Q51 (C) is "0." could have malfunctioned.
pin 40) (24V SW1="H")

5 Logic voltage U19, pin 8 Output when 5V5% The logic power supply circuit or Q59
(VCC-PWR2) potential Q60 (C) is "0." could have malfunctioned.
(24V SW2="H")

6 Logic voltage CN30, pin 5 Output only 5V5% The logic power supply circuit or Q44
(VCC_SEN) potential when there is could have malfunctioned.
output sensor
conductivity
when CPU
output port
(SEN_PWR) is "L."

1-12 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Table1-4 Checking the power supply line


Step Location of Condition of Normal
# Type of Voltage Measurement Measurement Value Presumed Cause of the Error

7 Mechanism Located near Output when 24 V 10 % Q17 could have malfunctioned.


voltage Q17 drain Q24 (C) is "0."
(24 VA) (24V SW2 = "H")

8 Mechanism Located near Only output 24 V 10 % Q61 could have malfunctioned.


voltage Q7 Source continuously
(24 VB) when power
supply unit is
connected.

9 Mechanism Located near Output when 24 V 10 % It is possible that the problem is pre-
voltage Q29 base Q46 (C) is "0." arcing of the F2 fuse. The fuse may
(24C) (24V SW1="H") have pre-arced because of a defect
in the 24V line circuit elements.

If pre-arcing of the F2 fuse happens,


do not repair the main circuit board
unit. The quality of several parts on the
circuit board is weakened by pre-
arcing of the F2 fuse, and safe
operation cannot be guaranteed.

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Locations of the Main Elements on the Main Circuit Board Unit
The following shows the locations of the main elements on the main circuit board unit.

Fuse (F1)

CPU (U3)
Gate array (U30)
*under the
memory board
Fuse (F2)

Carriage motor
controller (U14)

Slip paper feed motor


controller (U17)

Memory board

Font ROM (U513)


Program ROM (U508)
SRAM (U509)

Impact dot head *Rear side


Impact dot head drivers (QM6)
drivers (QM8)
Fuse (F4)
Fuse (R3)

Figure 1-4 Locations of the main elements on the main circuit board unit

1-14 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Procedures for Replacing the Print Head Unit

1. Turn off the power switch to the printer. Remove the power supply unit from the printer.

2. Open the printer front cover and remove the ribbon cartridge.

Figure 1-5 Removing the ribbon cartridge

3. Pull the cable connector out of the slit in the case.

Figure 1-6 Pulling the cable connector out

When you are reattaching the cable, arrange the cable wires as shown below.

Figure 1-7 Arranging the cable wires

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
4. Remove the two screws and remove the carriage cover frame assembly.

screw

screw

Figure 1-8 Removing the carriage cover frame assembly

When you are reattaching the frame, insert the tooth on the left side into the shaft and align
the nib on the right side with the nib hole.

nib

tooth

Figure 1-9 Tooth and nib

1-16 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

5. Move the head carriage to the right side and remove the print head unit flexible plastic cable
(FPC) from the connector.

Figure 1-10 Removing the print head unit FPC

6. Remove the screw and remove the print head unit.

Figure 1-11 Removing the print head unit

When attaching, pass the print head unit FPC through the slit in the head carriage and attach
below the two nibs.

slit two nibs

Figure 1-12 Slit and two nibs

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
7. Remove the nose guide from the print head unit.

nose guide

Figure 1-13 Removing the nose guide

8. To reinstall the print head, reverse the procedures you used to remove it. When reinstalling,
affix the head seal to the print head unit.
print head unit

head seal

Figure 1-14

1-18 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Removing Paper Jams

Paper Jams in the Autocutter


Retract the autocutter movable blade using the following procedure.

1. Pull the latch levers on the right and left sides to the front and open the roll paper cover.

2. Rotate the knob on the autocutter in the direction of the arrow to align the axis with the
circular hole (marked with a triangular hole) in the center of the arc-shaped slit.

3. Remove the paper.

knob arc-shaped slit

marked arrow
axis

Figure 1-15

Paper Jams in the Roll Paper


1. Pull the latch lever to the front and open the roll paper cover.

2. Remove the take-up assembly.

3. Open the clamshell mechanism while pushing on the levers on both ends.

levers

Figure 1-16

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
4. Remove the paper.

5. Close the clamshell mechanism. Push on the clamshell mechanism until you hear a clicking
sound.

6. Close the roll paper cover.

Paper Jams in the Slip Paper


1. Check that the power to the printer is turned ON. If it is not ON, turn it ON.

2. If the slip paper does not release, press the RELEASE button to free the slip paper.

3. Remove paper from the paper insertion side.

If you cannot remove the paper from the paper insertion side, or paper is cut partially while you
are removing it, follow the directions in the previous section entitled Paper Jams in the Roll
Paper to open the clamshell mechanism and remove the paper.

1-20 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Detector Functions and Positions


The following shows the positions and the functions of the detectors.
Table1-5 Detectors and functions
Mechanism Function

Home position detection Initial setting of printer (carriage home position)


mechanism

Carriage detection mechanism Detection of head carriage malfunction

B.O.F. detection mechanism Slip detection

T.O.F. detection mechanism Slip detection

Paper ejection detection Slip detection


mechanism

Roll paper end detection Roll paper detection


mechanism

*Roll paper near-end Roll paper detection


detection mechanism

Validation detector mechanism Validation paper detection

Lever motor T.P. detection Lever drive motor timing signal detection
mechanism

Front cover detection mechanism Front cover open/closed status detection

Rear cover detection mechanism Detects the open/close status of the rear cover

Autocutter detector function Detects the position of the autocutter movable


blade.

*The roll paper near-end detector mechanism is installed in the paper supply unit.

Autocutter detector assembly

Rear cover detector assembly

Roll paper N.E. detector (micro switch) Paper ejection detector assembly

Front cover detector assembly

Validation detector assembly


T.O.F. detector
assembly

Carriage detector
assembly

Roll paper end detector assembly

B.O.F. detector
assembly
Lever motor T.P. detector
assembly

Home position detector


assembly

Figure 1-17

Rev.D Troubleshooting 1-21

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

1-22 Troubleshooting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Chapter 2
Assembly and Disassembly

Before Assembly and Disassembly


Always observe the following precautions when disassembling and assembling the printer.

CAUTION:
Always remove the power supply unit from the printer before working. Power is flowing
in the internal circuit board even if you turn the printer off with the power supply switch.
You can damage the printer if you work with the power supply still attached.

Remove all peripheral equipment connected to the printer before starting your work.

Do not perform any work that is not described in this chapter. Doing so can result in
injuries or damage to the printer.

Do not touch the FPC or the FFC pins with your hands.

About this Chapter

Procedures
This chapter provides the procedures for assembling. Reverse them to disassemble the printer.

Assembly is organized into Assembling the Mechanism Assembly (M-U675), and


Assembling the TM-U675. Each section is further divided into Pre-assembly and
Assembly.

Do Pre-assembly steps first, and then do Assembly after you have assembled the parts into
units to some degree.

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Assembling the Mechanism Assembly (M-U675)

Pre-assembly Procedures
Pre-assembly of the Validation Detector Assembly
1. Solder lead wires S, T, R to the validation circuit board.
697 Validation detector assembly

757 Lead wire (type R)


758 Lead wire (type S)
759 Lead wire (type T)

Figure 2-1

2-2 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Pre-assembly of the Slip B.O.F. Detector Assembly


1. Solder lead wires C, D, E to the slip B. O. F. detector assembly.

2. Insert the slip B. O. F. detector assembly into the slip insertion detector holder.

606 Slip insertion detector holder


696 Slip B.O.F. detector assembly

742 Lead wire (type C)


743 Lead wire (type D)
744 Lead wire (type E)

Figure 2-2

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Lever Drive Coil Assembly
1. Attach lever drive coils (type A, B) to the lever coil mounting plate sub assembly. The rack
for lever drive coil (type A, B) should face upward. Do not confuse type A and B. Type A
uses brown lead wires. Type B uses gray lead wires.

2. Assemble the paper feed trigger attraction plates to the lever drive coils (type A, B).

3. Hook paper feed trigger claw springs onto the lever coil mounting plate sub assembly and
paper feed trigger attraction plate. One side of the hook on the paper feed trigger claw
spring is single and the other side is double. Attach the double side onto the paper feed
trigger attraction plate.

4. Lubricate the areas where the paper feed trigger attraction plate contacts other parts (eight
places).
G-36

732 G-36
732
Paper feed trigger attraction plate Paper feed trigger attraction plate
621
Lever drive coil (type A)
G-36
622
731 Lever drive coil (type B)
Paper feed trigger claw spring

731
Paper feed trigger claw spring

695
Lever coil mounting plate sub assembly

Figure 2-3

2-4 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Pre-assembly of the Paper Feed Motor

Note:
Perform the following three steps only if your printer has a MICR unit.

1. Insert the paper feed motor into the motor shield case. Insert the paper feed motor gear into
the hole in the motor shield case. Check that the motor printed circuit board (PCB) fits into
the notch.

2. Insert two motor shield spacers into the motor shield case.

3. Attach the motor shield cover onto the motor shield case (two places). Align the screw holes
and the nibs on the opposite side, and push in so that they snap fit.
781 Motor shield cover

725
Screw (C.C.S-tite, 2.5X5)

779
Motor shield spacer
739
Paper feed motor

780
Motor shield case

726
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Figure 2-4

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Pre-assembly of the J/S Change Solenoid Assembly
1. Attach the J/S change solenoid to the J/S solenoid mounting plate. When doing so, tighten
the screw while the J/S change solenoid is touching the nib on the right side of the J/S
solenoid mounting plate.

2. Attach the J/S change lever to the J/S solenoid mounting plate, and hook the J/S change
spring.

3. Lubricate the sliding part of the J/S change solenoid mounting plate and the J/S change
lever in four places.

651 G-36
J/S change spring

G-36

650 J/S change lever

716
Screw (C.C., 2X3)
727
774 J/S change solenoid
J/S solenoid mounting plate

Figure 2-5

2-6 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Pre-assembly of the Slip T. O. F. Detector Assembly


1. Solder lead wires I, J, K to the slip T. O. F. detector assembly.
703 Slip T.O.F. detector assembly
748 Lead wire (type I)
749 Lead wire (type J)
750 Lead wire (type K)

Figure 2-6

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Lever Motor T. P. Detector Assembly
1. Solder lead wires F, G, H to the lever motor T. P. detector assembly.

704 Lever motor T.P. detector assembly

745 Lead wire (type F)


746 Lead wire (type G)
747 Lead wire (type H)

Figure 2-7

2-8 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Pre-assembly of the MICR Unit

Note:
Perform the following 16 steps only if your printer has a MICR unit.

1. Solder the MICR connector assembly lead wires to the MICR head.

2. Align the MICR frame and MICR head with the nib and attach with one screw.

782 MICR assembly

786
MICR connector assembly

793
Screw (C.P.(S-P2), 2.5X5)

792 MICR frame assembly

Figure 2-8

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
3. Attach the MICR fixing sheet to the MICR fixing. Set the hole on the MICR fixing sheet over
the MICR fixing nib and attach so that the MICR fixing sheet does not protrude from the
MICR fixing.

4. Attach the MICR fixing to the MICR lever. The tabs on the MICR fixing should fit into the
MICR grooves.

5. Assemble by inserting the MICR roller shaft. (Attach the shaft with one E-ring.)
787 MICR lever

778 E-ring (1.2)

777 MICR roller shaft


Hole

791 MICR fixing sheet

788 MICR fixing

Nibs
Tabs
Looking directly from the bottom

Figure 2-9

2-10 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

6. Insert the two MICR lever guide shafts into the MICR frame, starting with the end with the
smaller diameter.

7. Lubricate the areas where the MICR lever and the MICR frame are in contact (six places).

8. Attach the MICR frame to the MICR lever as shown in the drawing.
787 MICR lever

792 MICR frame assembly

796 MICR lever guide shaft

G-47

G-47

G-47

Figure 2-10

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
9. Fit the MICR solenoid into the MICR case.

10. Align and fit the MICR solenoid nib into the MICR frame assembly.

11. Position and attach the MICR lever fixing plate to the MICR lever nib. (Use two screws to
attach.)

Note:
Tighten the screws while holding the MICR solenoid. Check that the MICR lever will fall under its
own weight.
784 MICR lever fixing plate

794
Screw (C.P.(S), 2.6X8)

783 MICR case

789 MICR solenoid

Figure 2-11

2-12 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

12. Insert to attach the MICR roller shaft from the opposite direction of the MICR lever fixing
plate. Attach with one E-ring.
13. Attach the MICR lever spring on the hooks.

14. Check that opening and closing the MICR head assembly has a clicking feel to it.

15. Insert the MICR shield cover into the three slits in the MICR frame.

16. Hook the MICR connector assembly lead wire to the hook on the MICR frame.
785 MICR shield cover (type A)

778 E-ring (1.2)

790
MICR lever spring

777 MICR roller shaft

Figure 2-12

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Carriage Frame Unit
1. Lubricate the carriage motor shaft.

2. Insert the carriage drive pulley into the carriage motor shaft.

3. Lubricate the inside of the carriage drive pulley.

4. Attach the belt drive cap to the carriage drive pulley and secure it with one E-ring. Place the
belt drive cap with flat surface face up to install it.
720
E-ring (2)
G-36
603
Belt drive cap
633
Carriage drive pulley
G-36

733
Carriage motor

Figure 2-13

2-14 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Pre-assembly of the Carriage Assembly


1. Insert the oil rings into the carriage assembly and lubricate. When doing so, insert the flat
surface of the oil rings so that they are facing up and down.

2. Hook the carriage spring to the carriage assembly. Push in until you feel the carriage spring
click.

709
Carriage assembly

605
Oil ring

611 Carriage spring

O-10
Rounded side O-10

Figure 2-14

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
3. Insert the carriage belt into the carriage assembly. Fit the belt along the grooves in the
bottom side of the carriage assembly. For the direction of the belt, see the illustration below.

629
Carriage belt

709
Carriage assembly

Figure 2-15

2-16 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Pre-assembly of the H. P. Detector Assembly


1. Solder lead wires L, M, N in that order to the H. P. detector assembly.
07 H.P. detector assembly

751 Lead wire (type L)


752 Lead wire (type M)
753 Lead wire (type N)

Figure 2-16

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Carriage Frame
1. Lubricate five shafts on the carriage frame sub assembly.

2. Insert the ribbon feed spring into the shaft shown in the figure below. Set the ribbon feed
spring claw upward and insert all the way by rotating the ribbon feed spring clockwise.

3. Lubricate the surface of the ribbon feed spring.

4. Attach the ribbon take-up gear assembly to the top of the ribbon feed spring. Align the
ribbon feed spring claw and the ribbon take-up gear assembly and insert.

5. Attach the carriage transmission pulley to the shaft shown in the figure below.

6. Apply lubrication to the hole in the carriage transmission pulley.

7. Attach the belt drive cap. Place the belt drive cap with the flat surface face up to install it.

712 Ribbon take-up gear assembly


G-36
601 603 Belt drive cap
Ribbon feed
spring G-36

632
Carriage transmission pulley

Carriage frame
sub assembly

G-36

G-36

Figure 2-17

2-18 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

8. Insert the carriage drive transmission gear into the shaft shown in the figure below.

9. Insert the ribbon reduction gear into the shaft shown in the figure below.

10. Insert the ribbon intermediate gear into the shaft shown in the figure below. The smaller
diameter ribbon intermediate gear should be on the lower side.

11. Attach the ribbon drive plate assembly above the ribbon reduction gear and the ribbon
intermediate gear. Set the gear side of the ribbon drive plate assembly downward.

12. Attach the gear train cover to the carriage drive transmission gear.

13. Fasten the belt drive cap, carriage drive transmission gear, and ribbon drive plate assembly
with three E-rings.
720
E-ring (2)

720
E-ring (2) 768
Gear train cover
706
Ribbon drive plate assembly

682 634 Carriage drive transmission gear


Ribbon reduction gear

683 Ribbon intermediate gear

720 E-ring (2)

Carriage frame sub assembly

Figure 2-18

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
14. Insert the hole in the carriage motor onto the carriage frame sub assembly nib. Temporarily
fasten the screw on the lead wire side.
15. Loosen the screw you temporarily tightened in the previous step (less than one turn).

16. Hook the belt tension spring on the carriage motor and carriage frame sub assembly.

Carriage frame sub assembly

Nib

733
Carriage motor

775
Screw
(C.P.S-tite(P4), 3x6)
630 Belt tension spring

Figure 2-19

2-20 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

17. Attach the carriage assembly to the carriage frame sub assembly. When doing so, set the
carriage spring under the bent part on the carriage frame sub assembly as shown in the
illustration. Insert the carriage guide shaft and secure it with one E-ring.
18. Lubricate the right and left sides of the carriage guide shaft.

19. Hook the carriage belt onto the carriage drive pulley (shown with 1 in the illustration) and
carriage transmission pulley (shown with 2 in the illustration) in that order.

20. Tighten the screw (the screw loosened in step 15) on the lead wire side of the carriage motor.

21. Secure another screw to firmly tighten the carriage motor.

688
Carriage
frame sub
assembly
1

723 E-ring (5)


2

O-10

709 775 631


Carriage assembly Screw (C.P.S-tite(P4), 3x6) Carriage guide shaft

O-10
611 Carriage spring
688
Carriage frame sub assembly

Figure 2-20

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-21

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
22. Align the intermediate circuit board assembly to the carriage frame sub assembly with two
dowels, and attach the intermediate circuit board cover.

23. Tighten the intermediate circuit board assembly and intermediate circuit board cover
together with two screws.

24. Attach the H. P. detector assembly to the carriage frame sub assembly with one screw. Pass
the H. P. detector assembly lead wires to the bottom through the hole in the carriage frame
sub assembly.
775 Screw (C.P.S-tite(P4), 3x6)

707 H.P. detector assembly

688
Carriage
frame sub
assembly

708
Intermediate
circuit board assembly
769
Intermediate circuit board cover
775 Screw (C.P.S-tite(P4), 3x6)
775
Screw (C.P.S-tite(P4), 3x6)

Figure 2-21

2-22 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

25. Pass the flexible plastic cable (FPC) for the print head unit (Eb) through the slit in the
carriage assembly. When you do this, the FPC should be below the two hooks on the
carriage assembly. Install the print head unit (Eb) onto the carriage assembly. Connect the
FPC to the intermediate circuit board assembly connector.

26. Attach the nose guide on the print head unit (Eb) while aligning the three nibs. Secure the
nose guide with one screw.

27. Attach the head seal to the print head unit (Eb).

28. Lubricate the carriage motor gear and the top of the E-ring fastening the ribbon drive plate
assembly.
Slit Hooks

608
623 Screw (C.P.P-tite, 3X12)
Nose guide

FPC
689
Print head unit (Eb)

FPC

795
Head seal G-36

G-36

Figure 2-22
689
Print head unit (Eb)

FPC 709 Carriage assembly

688 708
Carriage frame sub assembly Intermediate circuit board assembly

Figure 2-23

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-23

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
29. Solder four carriage motor cables and three H. P. detector assembly cables to the
intermediate circuit board assembly.

30. Solder intermediate cables A, B, C to the intermediate circuit board assembly.

31. Cover intermediate cables A, B, C with the intermediate cable tube. Fold the intermediate
cables A, B, C to the right side.Solder the carriage motor cables (four cables) to the intermediate
circuit board assembly. (See the figure below.)
Three cables
for H.P. detector 771
assembly Intermediate cable tube

Four cables
for motor
carriage
734 Intermediate cable (type A)
735 Intermediate cable (type B)
736 Intermediate cable (type C)

708 Intermediate circuit board assembly

THe leading of wire newly is indicated in the right figure.


Cable #1 (Purple) is attached to point silked with (Red).
Cable #3 (Gray)is attached to point silked with (Wht).
Cable #4 (Gray)is attached to point silked with (Org).
Cable #2 (Gray)is attached to point silked with (Ble).

Figure 2-24

WARNING:
Be careful to solder the cables to the correct connect connections. The wires may need
to be crossed. If the cables are soldered to wrong connection, the following will occur:
The wrong connection of the carriage motor cable causes a power on selt check
failure.

2-24 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Pre-assembly of the Front Cover Detector Assembly


1. Solder lead wires V, U, W in that order to the front cover detector assembly.

691 Front cover detector assembly

760 Lead wire (type U)


761 Lead wire (type V)
762 Lead wire (type W)

Figure 2-25

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-25

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Rear Cover Detector Assembly
1. Solder lead wires X, Y, Z to the cover detector circuit board.
692 Rear cover detector assembly

763 Lead wire (type X)


764 Lead wire (type Y)
765 Lead wire (type Z)

Figure 2-26

2-26 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Pre-assembly of the Paper End Detector Assembly


1. Solder lead wires O, P, Q to the paper end detector circuit board.
710 Paper end detector assembly
754 Lead wire (type O)
755 Lead wire (type P)
756 Lead wire (type Q)

Figure 2-27

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-27

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Assist Paper Guide Assembly
1. Attach the backup paper guide cap to the center of the assist paper guide.

2. Attach the paper hold roller and assist paper guide spring to the assist paper guide. When
doing so, attach the assist paper guide spring in the direction shown in the figure.

3. Pass the paper hold roller shaft through the assist paper guide and fasten C-rings in 2 places.

4. Lubricate the center of the hole in the paper hold roller.


678 Backup paper guide cap

664 Assist paper guide

G-36
772 642 Paper hold roller shaft
C-ring (5103-21)

665 653 Assist paper guide spring


Paper hold roller
772 C-ring (5103-21)

Figure 2-28

2-28 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Paper feed frame assembly


1. Insert the paper guide lever and the sub paper hold roller into the paper feed frame
assembly.

2. Pass the sub paper hold roller shaft into the paper feed frame assembly and sub paper hold
roller. (E-ring, 1 place)

3. Attach the paper guide lever spring and paper ejection detector holder to the paper guide
lever with one E-ring. Attach the paper guide lever spring in the direction shown in the
figure.

698 Paper feed frame assembly

724
E-ring (2.3)

640
Sub paper hold roller shaft
663
Sub paper
hold roller 639
Paper guide lever shaft

658 Paper guide lever


724
E-ring (2.3)
652 Paper guide lever spring

Figure 2-29

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-29

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
4. Attach the sub paper feed roller assembly and the crank shaft holders to the paper feed
frame assembly.

5. Lubricate the areas where the sub paper feed roller assembly and the crank shaft holder are
in contact.

6. Attach the parallel pin and paper feed gear to the sub paper feed shaft with two E-rings.
722
E-ring (4) G-48

730
Crank shaft 699 Sub paper feed roller assembly
holder

G-48
602 Parallel pin (1.6X10)
730 Crank shaft holder
648 Paper feed gear
722 E-ring (4)

699
Sub paper feed roller assembly 602

Figure 2-30

2-30 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

7. Hook the paper guide lever spring to the paper guide lever and paper feed frame. Insert the
tip of the short side of the spring into the lever groove, and bend the spring to hook the tip of
the long side on the inside in the gap in the frame.

698 Paper feed frame assembly

652 658 Paper guide lever


Paper guide lever spring

Figure 2-31

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-31

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
8. Snap-fit the paper feed frame assembly to the paper end detector to attach.
710 Paper end detector assembly

Figure 2-32

2-32 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

9. Attach the paper feed roller to the paper feed frame assembly.

10. Attach the crank shaft holder, parallel pin, and the paper feed gear to the paper feed roller
with two E-rings.

11. Lubricate the sliding parts of the paper feed roller and crank shaft holder.

12. Attach the paper feed gear to the axis shown in the figure for the paper feed frame assembly
with one E-ring.
G-48

722 E-ring (4)


730 Crank shaft holder 648 Paper feed gear
722 E-ring (4)

G-48

666 648 Paper feed gear


Paper feed roller 722 E-ring (4)
730
Crank shaft holder

602 Parallel pin (1.6X10)


666
Paper feed roller
602

Figure 2-33

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-33

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
13. Attach the assist paper guide to the paper feed frame assembly using the paper feed roller
springs.

14. Set the hooks for the paper feed roller springs into the grooves for the shaft and hang the
loop of the spring onto the protrusion on the paper feed frame assembly. Be careful of the
direction of the attachment of the spring.

654
Paper feed roller spring

654
Paper feed roller spring

Figure 2-34

2-34 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

15. Insert the slip feed roller holder into the slip feed roller.

16. Attach the slip feed roller to the platen lever assembly with one E-ring. Insert the pin-
shaped nib of the slip feed roller holder into the third hole from the left on the platen lever
assembly.

17. Push the slip drive gear into the slip feed roller from the side with the larger diameter.

18. Apply lubrication to both sides of the slip feed roller and the slip feed roller holder. Rotate
the roller several times to allow the oil to work its way completely around.

72 E-ring (3)
624 Platen lever assembly

668
649 Slip drive gear

668
G-48 Slip feed roller

659
Slip feed roller holder G-48

Figure 2-35

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-35

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
19. Insert the nylon lock nut (M3) onto the platen lever assembly on the side where the platen
ground plate (type A) is to be attached. The rounded side of the nylon lock nut (M3) should
be facing the direction shown in the illustration.
20. Insert the platen ground plate (type A) into the platen lever assembly.

21. Insert the two platen springs into the platen lever assembly.

22. Insert another nylon lock nut (M3).

23. Attach the platen assembly to the platen lever assembly. Secure the two platen adjustment
screws.

24. Attach the slip paper guide to the platen lever assembly. Hang the slip paper guide on the
hooks in three places on the platen lever assembly and fit the 2 nibs.
685
Platen adjustment screw
711 Platen assembly

718
Nylon lock nut

604 685 Platen


Platen spring adjustment screw

718 Nylon lock nut

674
Platen ground
plate (type A)
670 604
Slip paper guide Platen spring

Figure 2-36

2-36 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

25. Attach the platen lever assembly, platen ground plate B, and the platen lever spring to the
paper feed frame assembly. Insert the platen lever spring onto the cross-shaped protrusion
on the paper feed frame, and insert the other end onto the protrusion on the platen lever
assembly.

26. Insert the left and right platen lever shafts into the holes in the platen lever assembly and
attach with two E-rings.
721 E-ring (3)

721 E-ring (3)

626
Left platen lever shaft

727
J/S change solenoid

625
Platen lever spring 675
Platen ground plate
(type B)

Figure 2-37

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-37

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
27. Insert the lead wires for the paper end detector assembly in their specified positions.

Figure 2-38

2-38 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

28. Attach the cover ground plate to the paper feed frame assembly.

29. Cover the paper feed frame assembly using the paper feed cover and tighten the two plate
assembly lever screws.

30. Hang the assist paper guide spring onto the paper feed frame cover. Check the operation of
the assist paper guide.

31. Insert the paper release lever into the platen lever assembly and attach to the release lever
shaft with one E-ring.

32. Attach the guide roller shaft and sub paper hold roller to the paper feed frame assembly
with two E-rings.
719
609 E-ring (1.5)
669
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6) Paper feed frame cover 657 Paper release lever

676
Cover ground plate
638 Release lever shaft

609
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6)

720
E-ring (2) 663 Sub paper hold roller

641 Guide roller shaft

663
Sub paper hold roller

720
E-ring (2)

Figure 2-39

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-39

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
33. With one E-ring, attach the paper feed frame fixing L lever assembly and the paper feed
frame fixing lever spring to the paper feed release assembly. Hang the spring onto the paper
feed frame fixing L lever assembly and hang onto the protrusion on the paper feed frame so
that it passes below the cover ground plate.

34. With one E-ring, attach the paper feed frame fixing R lever assembly and the paper feed
frame fixing lever spring to the paper feed release assembly. Hang the spring onto the paper
feed frame fixing R lever assembly and hang the spring onto the protrusion of the paper feed
frame assembly.
701
Paper feed frame fixing L lever
assembly

722
E-ring (4)

702
655 Paper feed
Paper feed frame fixing frame fixing R
lever spring lever assembly

655
Paper feed
frame fixing
lever spring

722
E-ring (4)

Figure 2-40

2-40 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

35. Attach the parallel pin and paper feed gear to the paper feed roller with one E-ring.

602

648 Paper feed gear


722 E-ring (4)

602
Parallel pin (1.6X10)

Figure 2-41

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-41

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Carriage Cover Frame Assembly
1. Solder the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B) to the paper ejection detector
assembly. After soldering, pass the cables through the slit in the paper ejection detector
assembly.

690
Paper ejection detector assembly

Slit
738
Paper ejection detector cable (type B) assembly

Figure 2-42

2-42 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

2. Attach the paper ejection detector assembly and the paper ejection detector holder. Then
secure them with one screw.

3. Route the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B) as shown in the illustration.
609
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6)

690 Paper ejection detector assembly

635 Paper ejection detector holder

738 Paper ejection detector cable (type B) assembly

Figure 2-43

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-43

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
4. Hook the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B) onto the hooks on the carriage
cover frame assembly. Check the starting position for inserting the cable.

5. Attach the paper ejection detector assembly to the carriage cover frame assembly with one
screw.
725 Screw (C.C.S-tite, 2.5X5)

635 Paper ejection detector holder

713
Carriage cover frame assembly

738
Paper ejection detector cable (type B) assembly

Figure 2-44

2-44 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Pre-assembly of the Lever Drive Motor Assembly


1. Solder the lead wires A, B to the lever drive motor assembly. Solder lead wire (type A) (red)
to the terminal on the side where the label is affixed.
686 Lever drive motor assembly

741 Lead wire (type B)

Label 740 Lead wire (type A)

Figure 2-45

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-45

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Pre-assembly of the Autocutter Assembly
1. Solder the cutter lead wire assembly to the cutter motor assembly. Solder the red lead wire
to the red terminal and solder the black lead wire to the opposing terminal.

192 Cutter lead wire assembly

191 Cutter motor assembly

Figure 2-46

2-46 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

2. Apply G-36 oil to the cutter worm gear (part touching the frame).

3. Attach the cutter worm gear, autocutter deceleration gear, clutch washer, and cutter clutch
spring to the cutter cover sub assembly. When doing so, the narrow side of the cutter clutch
spring is the motor side.

4. Insert and touch the autocutter deceleration shaft from the hole in the motor side.

188 Cutter cover sub assembly


183 Autocutter deceleration shaft

186 Cutter clutch spring

185 Clutch washer

182 Autocutter deceleration gear

184 Cutter worm gear

G-36

Figure 2-47

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-47

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
5. Attach the cutter motor assembly to the cutter cover sub assembly (screw in 1 place). Attach
in the direction from which you can see the label of the cutter motor assembly from the
cutter cover sub assembly window.

6. Attach the micro switch to the cutter cover sub assembly in the direction shown in the figure
(screw in 1 place).

7. Hang the lead wire of the motor and micro switch onto the parts shown in the figure.

Hang the lead wire of the micro switch

187
Switch screw

119
Micro switch

181 191 Cutter motor assembly


Screw (C.B., 2X2.5)
Hang the lead wire of the motor

Figure 2-48

2-48 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

8. Apply G-36 oil to the area of the autocutter deceleration gear and the motor gear that are
touching.

9. Apply G-36 oil to the area of the cutter clutch spring and cutter cover sub assembly that are
touching.

10. Apply G-36 oil to the autocutter deceleration shaft from the gap in the cutter clutch spring.

11. Apply G-36 oil to the two places on the cutter worm gear and cutter cover sub assembly that
are touching.

Step 8. 186 Cutter clutch spring


G-36

184 Cutter worm gear

183 Autocutter deceleration shaft


G-36
G-36
G-36 Step 9.
Step 11.
Step 10.

182 Autocutter deceleration gear

Figure 2-49

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-49

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
12. Apply G-36 oil to the axis that the cutter drive gear assembly fits.

13. Attach the cutter drive gear assembly (1 plain washer; 1 E-ring). Position the cavity in the
cutter drive gear assembly with the actuator of the micro switch.

14. Apply G-36 oil around the entire circumference of the gear for the cutter drive gear
assembly.

180 E-ring (2.5)

193 Plain washer (3X0.5X7)

189 Cutter drive gear


Cavity assembly
G-36

Actuator G-36

Figure 2-50

2-50 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

15. Apply G-36 oil around the entire circumference of the blade groove attached to the cutter
frame sub unit.

Groove

G-15

Figure 2-51

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-51

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
16. While positioning the two hooks, tilt and attach the cutter cover sub assembly to the cutter
frame sub unit.

17. With the cutter cover sub assembly tilted, look inside the cover through the space shown
below, and rotate the knob indicated in the figure to position the drive pin with the groove
in the blade.

Knob
Hook

Cover

Frame

Look through the space

Drive pin

groove

Figure 2-52

2-52 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

18. Position the cutter cover sub assembly with the cutter frame sub unit and fasten with 1
screw.

178 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)

Figure 2-53

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-53

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
19. Adjust the position of the blade. Rotate the knob in the direction of the arrow to position the
shaft with the round hole (marked with a triangular hole) in the center of the arced slit.
Rotate the knob in the arrow marked on the knob to adjust until center of the drive pin
comes to the center of the slit.

Slit

Drive pin
Knob

Figure 2-54

2-54 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Assembly of the Mechanism


1. Tighten two screws on the front of the main frame.

2. Attach the lever drive motor assembly to the main frame with two screws. Install so that the
label side of the lever drive assembly motor is facing the back.

773 686 Lever drive motor assembly


Screw (C.B., 2.6X4)

726
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Main frame

726
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Figure 2-55

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-55

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
3. Attach the sub slip feed roller holder to the farthest right hole in the sub slip feed lever sub
assembly with one screw.
725 Screw (C.C.S-tite, 2.5X5)
660 Sub slip feed roller holder

687
Sub slip feed lever sub assembly

Figure 2-56

2-56 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

4. Attach the sub slip feed lever spring to the main frame.

5. Attach the sub slip feed lever sub assembly to the main frame. Insert the sub slip feed lever
shaft from left side and fasten it with one E-ring.

687
Sub slip feed lever sub assembly

656
Sub slip feed lever spring

644 Sub slip feed lever shaft

Main frame

719
E-ring (1.5)

Figure 2-57

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-57

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
6. Install the form stopper into the main frame, and attach the form stopper shaft with one E-
ring. Insert the form stopper shaft from the outer side of the main frame.

7. Hook the form stopper spring to the main frame and form stopper rack.
620 Form stopper spring

618 620
Form stopper

618

619 Form stopper shaft

719 E-ring (1.5)


Main frame

656 Sub slip feed lever spring

Figure 2-58

2-58 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

8. Attach the lever drive shaft assembly to the main frame. Insert the D cut side of the lever
drive shaft assembly to the left and attach to the main frame.
9. Insert the crank shaft holders from the left and right outer sides and attach with one E-ring.

730 Crank shaft holder

723 E-ring (5)

730 Crank shaft holder

693
Lever drive shaft assembly

Figure 2-59

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-59

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
10. Press the lever drive shaft gear into the lever drive shaft assembly.

11. Assemble the sub slip feed roller assembly into the main frame.

12. Press the slip drive gear onto the sub slip feed roller assembly. Press in starting from the slip
drive gear whose diameter is larger. (See the illustration below.)

617
Lever drive shaft gear
694
Sub slip feed roller assembly

649 Slip drive gear


Main frame

Figure 2-60

2-60 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

13. Snap fit the lever drive motor detector plate to the gear on the lever drive motor assembly.
When doing so, align the rib on the gear and attach.
14. Lubricate the shaft to which the lever motor reduction gear is attached.

15. Use one E-ring to attach the lever motor reduction gear to the shaft. The arrow on the lever
motor reduction gear should be facing the outside.

Rib

614
Lever drive
motor detector plate

615
Lever motor
reduction gear

724
E-ring (2.3)
G-36

Figure 2-61

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-61

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
16. Lubricate the inside of the sub slip feed lever shaft in two places.

17. Lubricate the sub slip feed roller holder.

18. Lubricate the form stopper shaft rotating unit in two places.

19. Lubricate the main frame and sub slip feed roller where they contact.

20. Lubricate the form stopper and sub slip feed lever sub assembly shaft where they contact.

21. Lubricate the cam on the lever drive shaft assembly.

Note:
Apply G-48 grease from step 16 to 20 but apply G-36 to the cam in step 21.
Step 20
G-48

Step 21
Step 18
G-36
G-48

Step 19
G-48

Step 16
G-48

G-48

G-48 Step 19

Step 17

Figure 2-62

2-62 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

22. Attach the validation detector assembly to the slip guide lower frame with one screw.

Note:
The parts used and the shape of the slip guide lower frame will vary based on the specifications. Use
only the one that matches your configuration.

23. Attach the validation stopper and validation stopper spring to the slip guide lower frame.

24. Hook the cable line of the slip B.O.F. detector assembly to the slip guide lower frame.
672 Validation stopper

662
Slip guide lower frame

697
Validation detector assembly

609
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6)

696
Slip B.O.F. detector assembly
673
Validation stopper spring

673

662

672

Figure 2-63

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-63

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
25. Attach the slip guide lower frame to the main frame using two screws. When doing so, pass
the cable wire on the slip B.O.F. detector assembly through the hole in the main frame.

726 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Main frame

Hole

Figure 2-64

2-64 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

26. Insert the sub slip hold sleeve onto both ends of the shaft for the sub slip hold rollers.

27. Temporarily attach the front frame and the slip guide upper frame. When doing so, align the
nibs shown in the illustration with the nib holes.

28. Temporarily attach the sub slip hold roller so that the D cut side is on the right side.
Hole

661 Slip guide upper frame


Nib

Nib

Hole

667 Sub slip hold roller

770
Sub slip
hold sleeve

770
Sub slip hold sleeve

613 Front frame

Figure 2-65

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-65

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
29. Attach the slip guide upper frame to the slip guide lower frame. When doing so, align the
nibs and the claw shown in the illustration with the corresponding holes and slit.

661 Slip guide upper frame

Claw

Nibs

662
Slip guide lower frame (type B)

Nib

Nibs

Figure 2-66

2-66 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

30. While aligning the three nibs shown in the illustration, attach the front reinforcement frame
to the front frame and secure them with six screws. When doing so, make sure the nibs and
claw you aligned in the previous step (step 29) are still aligned.

31. Tighten the two screws to secure the slip guide upper frame.

32. Attach the endorsement platen shutter to the slip guide upper frame.

654 Paper feed roller spring

691
Front cover detector assembly

611
Carriage spring

Nibs

691
Front cover detector assembly

Figure 2-67

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-67

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
33. Insert the slip hold roller spring onto the slip hold roller shaft from the D cut side.

34. Insert the slip hold roller sleeve onto the slip hold roller shaft from the D cut side.

35. Insert the two slip feed roller shaft holders onto the slip hold roller shaft with the flange
facing inward.

610 Slip feed roller shaft holder

645 Slip hold roller shaft

767
Slip hold roller spring 766
Slip hold roller sleeve
610
Slip feed roller shaft holder

Figure 2-68

2-68 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

36. Attach the slip hold roller shaft to the main frame in the order shown in the illustration.
Align the D cut portions of the slip feed roller shaft holder with the cutouts in the main
frame.

3 2

PUSH

Figure 2-69

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-69

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
37. Attach the slip feed roller shaft holders to both sides of the sub slip hold roller starting from
the small diameter. Secure the holders with two E-rings.
38. Push the slip drive gear into the slip hold roller shaft starting from the side whose diameter
is larger.

39. Press the slip drive gear into the sub slip hold roller starting from the larger diameter.

721
E-ring (3)

610
Slip feed roller
shaft holder

649 Slip drive gear

610 Slip feed roller shaft holder


721 E-ring (3)
649 Slip drive gear

Figure 2-70

2-70 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

40. Insert three slip transmission gears onto the shafts on the main frame.

41. Insert the paper feed reduction gear onto the shaft on the main frame starting from the gear
whose diameter is smaller.

729 Paper feed reduction gear

647
Slip transmission
gears

647 Slip transmission gear

Figure 2-71

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-71

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
42. Lubricate the shaft shown in the figure.

43. Inset the J/S change gear onto the shaft shown in the figure.

44. Insert the paper feed reduction gear into the shaft shown in the figure with the gear whose
diameter is largest in.

45. Insert the take-up drive gear into the shaft shown in the figure.

46. Insert the paper feed transmission gear into the shaft shown in the figure.

47. Attach the gears with four E-rings (3).

G-36 646 Take-up drive gear

721 E-ring (3)

729 Paper feed reduction gear

637 Paper feed transmission gear

721 E-ring (3)

728
J/S change gear
721 E-rings (3)
721 E-ring (3)

Figure 2-72

2-72 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

48. Attach the lever drive coil assembly to the slip guide lower frame with two screws.
609 Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6)

609 Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6)


Lever drive coil assembly

Figure 2-73

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-73

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
49. Perform phase adjustment. (See page 3-2, "Phase Adjusting." )

Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer has a MICR unit.

50. Attach the shielded paper feed motor to the main frame with two screws. Attach so that the
motor cable is facing the direction shown in the illustration.

726 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

726 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Figure 2-74

2-74 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Note:
Perform the following steps only if your printer does not have a MICR unit.

51. Attach the paper feed motor to the main frame with two screws. Check that the circuit
board side of the motor is facing downward as shown in the illustration.
739 Paper feed motor

726 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

726 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Figure 2-75

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-75

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
52. Align the J/S change solenoid with the nibs and attach to the main frame with one screw.

53. Lubricate the J/S change gear.

54. Attach the E-ring (2.3) to the J/S change gear shaft.

G-36

721 E-ring (3)

727 J/S change solenoid


726 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Figure 2-76

2-76 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

55. Snap fit the slip T.O.F. detector assembly to the slip guide upper frame.

56. Pass the slip T. O. F. detector assembly lead wires through the two hooks and pass them
through the hole in the main frame.

703
Slip T.O.F. detector assembly

Hooks

Hole

Figure 2-77

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-77

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
57. Align the two nibs and attach the lever motor T. P. detector assembly to the main frame with
one screw. The detector assembly should not touch the lever drive motor detector plate.

614 Lever drive motor detector plate


614

704

704
Lever motor T.P. detector assembly

726
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Figure 2-78

2-78 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

58. Using two screws, attach the main circuit board assembly to the main frame. Place the board
so the side of the main circuit board assembly with two connectors faces the front of the
main frame, and the soldered side faces upward. Align with the nibs in two places.

726 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

705
Main circuit board assembly

Two connectors

Figure 2-79

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-79

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
59. Solder the lead wires of the cables to the main circuit board assembly.
Note:
See Figure 2-93 on page 2-93 and Table 2-1 for details on where to solder.

60. Hook the lead wires on the side of the paper feed motor as shown in the illustration below.

Figure 2-80

2-80 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer has a MICR unit.

61. Attach the MICR unit to the slip guide lower frame with two screws. Pass the MICR unit
cable through the hole in the main frame.

Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)

776 Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)

Figure 2-81

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-81

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer does not have a MICR unit.

62. Attach the MICR plate shutter to the slip guide lower frame with one screw.

679
MICR shutter

776
Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8)

Figure 2-82

2-82 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

63. Pass intermediate cables A, B, C through the hole in the main frame. Attach the carriage
frame unit to the main frame with four screws. Fit the nibs in the carriage frame unit to the
main frame notches.

Note:
Check that the carriage assembly moves smoothly and that the ribbon drive plate assembly moves
smoothly with the carriage assembly.

734 Intermediate cable (type A)


735 Intermediate cable (type B)
736 Intermediate cable (type C)

726
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Main frame

726
Hole Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Figure 2-83

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-83

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
64. Attach the paper feed frame stopper and belt plate to the main frame sub assembly.

65. Solder the intermediate cables (type A, B, and C) to the main circuit board assembly.

Note:
See Figure 2-93 on page 2-93 and Table 2-1 for details on where to solder.

66. Align the front cover detector assembly with the nib on the main frame and attach (with one
screw).

67. Solder the lead wires of the front cover detector assembly to the main circuit board
assembly.

Note:
See Figure 2-93 on page 2-93 and Table 2-1 for details on where to solder.

677 Paper feed frame stopper

684 Belt plate


726 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

714 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)

691 Front cover detector assembly

Figure 2-84

2-84 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

68. Attach the rear cover detector assembly and the R cover detector cap to the main frame with
one screw.

69. Solder the lead wires of the rear cover detector assembly to the main circuit board and route
the wires.

636
R cover detector cap
715
Screw (C.P.S-tite F, 3X5)

692
Rear cover detector assembly

Figure 2-85

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-85

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
70. Attach the drive lever coil cover to the slip guide lower frame.

671 Drive lever coil cover

Figure 2-86

2-86 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

71. Insert the paper feed frame shaft into the platen unit.
72. Attach the platen unit to the main frame. Attach the platen unit as you widen both sides of
the frame and fit the D shaped portions on both ends of the shaft into the D shaped cutting
holes on the frame.
73. Tighten one screw from the right side of the main frame and fasten the paper feed frame
shaft.

74. Position the two nibs and attach the assist frame sub assembly with two screws.

Note:
The assist frame sub assembly is not included in the mechanism assembly supplied as a service part.
For that reason, replace the mechanism assembly (M-U675) after attaching the assist frame sub
assembly to the mechanism assembly when replacing the mechanism assembly.

75. Apply oil where the platen lever assembly touches the main frame.

Platen unit

102
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)

643 Paper feed frame shaft

717
Screw (C.C., 3X5) G-36

166
Assist frame sub assembly

717 Screw (C.C., 3X5)

Main frame

Figure 2-87

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-87

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
76. Fasten the ground wire assembly to the main frame with one screw.

208 Ground wire assembly

107
Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)

Figure 2-88

2-88 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

77. Solder the lead wires of the paper end detector assembly to the main circuit board assembly.

Note:
See Figure 2-93 on page 2-93 and Table 2-1 for details on where to solder.

78. Lubricate the areas shown in the illustration.

G-48

G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36
G-36
G-36

Figure 2-89

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-89

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
79. Install the carriage cover on the main frame. Hook the carriage cover on the carriage guide
shaft, and align the screw hole and one nib. Tighten the left side and right side screws in that
order.
Carriage cover
714 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
714
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4) 2

Figure 2-90

2-90 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

80. Connect the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type A) and the paper ejection detector
cable assembly (type B).

81. Fasten the lead wires for the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type A) and the front
cover detector using a nylon clip. Secure one screw to fasten the clip.

737 607
Paper ejection detector cable (type A) assembly Nylon clip 726
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Figure 2-91

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-91

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

738
Paper ejection detector cable (type B) assembly

607
Nylon clip

106
Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)
737
Paper ejection detector cable (type A) assembly

Figure 2-92

2-92 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Reference
The following shows the areas to solder on the main circuit board assembly for M-U675.
Paper ejection detector Slip T.O.F. detector assembly Validation detector assembly
Front cover
assembly
detector
assembly
Rear cover
detector
assembly

N.E.
detector
assembly

Paper feed
Carriage
motor
unit

J/S change
gear

Slip B.O.F. detector Lever drive


coil (type B)
assembly

Lever drive
motor assembly
Lever motor T.P. detector assembly Lever drive coil (type A)

THe leading of wire newly is indicated in the right figure.

Cable #1 (Purple) is attached to point silked with (Red).


Cable #3 (Gray)is attached to point silked with (Wht).
Cable #4 (Gray)is attached to point silked with (Org).
Cable #2 (Gray)is attached to point silked with (Ble).
The leading is crossed.

Figure 2-93 Areas to solder on the main circuit board assembly for M-U675

Note:
The colors of the lead wires to be soldered are shown as abbreviations on the circuit board. Refer to the
following table for a list of the abbreviations and color names.
Table 2-1 Meaning of abbreviation
Abbreviations Color Abbreviations Color

Pur purple Org orange

Gry gray Blu blue

Blk black Wht white

Red red Pnk pink

WARNING:
Be careful to solder the cables to the correct connectors. The wires may need to be crossed. If the cables are
solderd to wrong connection, the following will occur: The wrong connection of the paper feed motor cable causes
the paper feed failure.

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-93

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Assembling the TM-U675/U675P

Pre-assembly
Pre-assembly of the Insulator Spacer Assembly
1. Attach the insulator spacer to the rubber insulator spacer.

113 Rubber insulator spacer

114 Metallic insulator spacer

Figure 2-94

Pre-assembly of the IF Circuit Board Assembly


1. Attach the RS-232 I/F circuit board assembly to the connector plate (type AA) and tighten
the screws.

2. Attach the parallel I/F circuit board assembly (type B) to the connector plate (type BA) and
tighten the screws.

107 Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)


123 107 Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
Connector plate 155 Hexagon lock screw A-5 Screw (C.P.S-tite, 3X6)
(type AA) (inch type)
202
RS-232 I/F circuit board
assembly

107
Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
107
Screw A-1 Connector plate (type BA)
(C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6) A-3
Parallel I/F circuit board
assembly

Figure 2-95

Note:
The connector plate (type AA) is not supplied as a service part.

The service part RS232 I/F circuit board unit is supplied with the connector plate (type AA)
attached.

2-94 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Pre-assembly of the N. E. Detector Assembly


1. Attach the hexagon lock screw to the N. E. detector holder.

2. Attach the N. E. detector lever to the N. E. detector holder. Check how the lever moves two
to three times.

3. Fix the micro switch to the N. E. detector holder with one screw. Attach in the direction
shown in the figure.
118 Screw (C.B.B-tite, 2X8)

119 Micro switch


120 Hexagon nut
116
N.E. detector holder

117 N.E. detector lever

Figure 2-96

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-95

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Assembly of the TM-U675
1. Attach the main circuit board unit to the main plate sub assembly with six screws.

Note:
Components mounted on the main circuit board unit differ according to the configuration. Use the
main circuit board that is appropriate for your configuration.

2. Attach the strengthening plate B to the main plate sub assembly with three screws.
106 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

133
Main plate sub assembly 135 Strengthening plate

107
Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)

107
Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
107
201 Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)
Main circuit board unit
107
Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)

Figure 2-97

2-96 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

3. Insert the two tabs on the mechanism assembly (M-U675) into the two slits in the
strengthening plate.

4. Position the nibs and nib holes shown in the illustration and attach the two insulator spacer
assemblies. The flange of the metallic insulator spacer should be facing downward.

5. Fasten the mechanism assembly (M-U675) using one screw.

Note:
The assist frame sub assembly is not included in the mechanism assembly supplied as a service part.

106 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

600 Mechanism assembly (type BB)

Nib holes

nsulator spacer
ssemblies Flange of
the metallic insulator spacer

Nibs

Figure 2-98

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-97

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
6. Connect the power switch cable assembly to the main circuit board unit.

7. Connect the control panel cable to the main circuit board unit.

8. Pass the N. E. detector assembly unit lead wire through the hole in the plate and connect to
the main circuit board unit.

9. Pass the autocutter cable assembly through the hole in the plate and connect it to the main
circuit board unit.
209 Autocutter cable assembly
205 N.E. detector assembly lead wire

207
Control panel cable

203 Power switch cable assembly

Figure 2-99

2-98 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

10. Pass the power switch cable assembly between the L-shaped piece in the main plate sub
assembly and the QM6 element on the main circuit board unit, as shown in the illustration.

11. Use insulated tape on the areas shown in the illustration to secure the power switch cable
assembly temporarily.

12. Connect the two circuit board FFCs to the main circuit board unit and the mechanism
assembly (M-U675) in that order. Bend the FFCs so that the fold is on the main circuit board
side.

203
Power switch cable assembly

Tape

206
Circuit board FFC

203 Power switch cable assembly


QM6

L-shaped piece in the main plate sub assembly

Figure 2-100

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-99

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Note:
Perform the following step only if your printer has a MICR unit.

13. Connect the MICR cables (two connectors). Put the excess cable into the opening as shown
in the illustration.

Figure 2-101

2-100 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

14. Fix the control panel circuit board assembly to the mechanism assembly (M-U675) with one
screw.
15. Connect the control panel cable to the control panel circuit board assembly. Route the
wiring so that the control panel cable is positioned under the L-shaped part shown in the
illustration.
102 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)

204
Control panel circuit
board assembly

207
Control panel cable

L-shaped part

Figure 2-102

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-101

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
16. Attach the rubber feet to the lower case.

17. Attach the mechanism assembly (M-U675) to the lower case with four screws. Align the
mechanism assembly (M-U675) with the lower case nibs.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to allow the power switch cable assembly to become pinched.
108 Screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X12)

109
Screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X25)
108 Screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X12)

112
Plain washer (4.2X1X12)

124
Rubber foot

124
Rubber foot 127
Lower case

124
Rubber foot

Figure 2-103

2-102 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

18. Remove the tape that is temporarily holding the power switch cable assembly and attach the
switch to the lower case. Assemble so that the O mark is on the left side and the I mark
is on the right side.
203 Power switch cable assembly

Figure 2-104

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-103

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
19. Attach the roll paper receive roller to the roll paper holder.

20. Attach the N. E. detector assembly to the roll paper holder.

21. Fit the N. E. detector spacer onto the N. E. detector adjustment screw, and attach the N. E.
detector assembly to the paper roll holder.

22. Fit the holder spring onto the holder plate, and attach to the roll paper holder.
125 154 Roll paper receive roller
N.E. detector adjustment screw 154 Roll paper receive roller

121
N.E. detector spacer

143 Roll paper holder


141
143

142

142
Holder spring

141 Holder plate

Figure 2-105

2-104 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

23. Lubricate the hole in the axis of the take-up gear.

24. Insert the take-up spring into the take-up pulley while aligning the craw on the spring into
the pulley.

25. Remove the take-up pulley and lubricate the take-up spring attached to the take-up gear.
Reattach the take-up pulley.

26. Attach the take-up gear to the take-up frame assembly.

147 Take-up frame assembly

146 Take-up gear


151 Take-up spring
152 Take-up pulley
105 E-ring (2)

G-36

G-36

Figure 2-106

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-105

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
27. Attach the break cap to the break plate sub assembly (one screw).

102 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)


168 Break cap

174 Break plate sub assembly

Figure 2-107

2-106 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

28. Attach the break plate sub assembly to the back frame (one E-ring).

164 E-ring (4)

167 Back frame

Figure 2-108

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-107

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
29. Attach the back frame to the lower case and tighten with 4 screws.
While doing so, secure the ground wire assembly with the screw shown in the illustration.

103
Screws (C.P.T-B, 3X10)

208
Ground wire assembly 103
Screws (C.P.T-B, 3X10)

107
Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)

Figure 2-109

2-108 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

30. Connect the N. E. detector lead wire to the micro switch on the N. E. detector assembly.

205
N.E. detector assembly
lead wire

Figure 2-110

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-109

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
31. Attach the roll paper holder to the lower case. Touch the roll paper holder against the
mechanism assembly and tighten the two screws while pushing to the back left side.

103 Screws (C.P.T-B, 3X10)

143 Roll paper holder

Figure 2-111

2-110 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

32. Pass the take-up frame assembly through the hole in the back frame and attach it to the roll
paper holder (two screws). At this time, place the take-up frame assembly against the main
mechanism and rib on the roll paper holder.

103 Screws (C.P.T-B, 3X10)

147 Take-up frame assembly

Figure 2-112

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-111

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
33. Hang the paper take-up belt onto the take-up pulley. Then, hang to the take-up gear of the
mechanism assembly. Place the lower side of the belt onto the belt plate. Hang the take-up
pulley first. Then, hang on the take-up drive gear on the mechanism assembly (M-U675).

153 Paper take-up belt

Figure 2-113

2-112 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

34. Attach the corresponding cover plate sub assemblies to the left and right sides of the cover
frame sub assembly (two screws).

35. Insert the coil unit of the right and left hook springs onto the shafts of the cover frame sub
assembly and hang the hooks on the slits in the cover frame sub assembly. Hang the other
ends of the right and left hook springs on the grooves of the right and left hook buttons and
attach the right and left hook buttons to the shafts with two E-rings.
102 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4) 177 Left cover plate sub assembly
175 Cover frame sub assembly
176 Right cover plate sub assembly

groove

173
Left hook spring

163 E-ring (3)

169 Left hook button


102 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)
shaft

172 Right hook spring

slit 170 Right hook button

shaft
163 E-ring (3)

hook

Figure 2-114

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-113

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
36. Attach the autocutter unit to the cover frame sub assembly using two screws.

102 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)

102 Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4)

Autocutter unit

Figure 2-115

2-114 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

37. Pass the autocutter cable assembly through the hole in the back frame, and hang it on the
hook shown below.

Hook

Hole in the back frame

Figure 2-116

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-115

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
38. Attach the cover frame sub assembly with two E-rings. Apply G-36 oil to the two places
where the holes touch the shafts.

G-36
164
E-ring (4)

175 Cover frame sub assembly

G-36
164
E-ring (4)

167 Back frame

Figure 2-117

2-116 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

39. Hook the break spring on the back frame and break plate sub assembly.

167 Back frame

171 Break spring

174
Break plate
sub assembly

Figure 2-118

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-117

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
40. Connect the autocutter cable assembly and the cutter lead wire assembly.

41. Insert the connector that you have just connected to the cutter plate cover, as indicated in the
figure. Pass one side of the lead wire through the slit in the cutter plate cover.

42. At the same time, position the other end of the lead wire into the cut-out portion in the cutter
plate cover; fasten the cutter plate cover to the cover frame sub assembly with one screw.

192 Cutter lead wire assembly 175 Cover frame sub assembly

209 Autocutter cable assembly


195 Ferrite core

187 Switch screw


Slit Cut-out portion

195 Ferrite core


165 Cutter plate cover

Figure 2-119

2-118 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

43. Fit the support plate and the table holder into the lower case.

44. Apply G-48 oil to two shafts where the left hook button and right hook button hang.

G-48
137 Support plate

G-48

138 Table holder

Figure 2-120

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-119

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
45. If you have a new upper case, there is a plate for support to prevent damage during
shipment. Cut this plate in the manner shown in the illustration below.

46. Snap fit the back case to the upper case to attach.

129 Back case

CUT

CUT

128 Upper case

Figure 2-121

2-120 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

47. Attach the upper case to the lower case.

128 Upper case

127 Lower case

Figure 2-122

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-121

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
48. Before aligning the tabs on the upper and lower cases, pass the cable wire for the paper
ejection detector cable assembly (type A) through the slit in the upper case.

Note
Do not confuse with the cable wire for the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B).

738 Paper ejection detector cable assembly (type B)

737
Paper ejection detector
cable assembly (type A)

Slit

Figure 2-123

2-122 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

49. Align all tabs on the upper and lower cases. When doing so, do not allow the cable wire to
become pinched between the cases.

50. Push the cable wire for the paper ejection detector cable assembly (type A) connector into
the hole in the upper case. Then, route the cable wire for the paper ejection detector cable
assembly (type B) as shown in the illustration at right, so that it is not in the way of the
ribbon cassette.

Figure 2-124

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-123

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
51. Pass the flat cable for the control panel unit through the slit in the front case and attach the
control panel unit to the front case. Snap fit the switch panel unit in the order indicated in
the illustration.

134 Control panel unit

2
1

Slit

130
Front case

Figure 2-125

2-124 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

52. Attach the clamp to the front reinforcement frame.

53. Connect the control panel unit cable to the control panel circuit board assembly.

54. Attach the front case. Align with the hole in the front case and attach. When doing so, the
flat cable for the control panel unit should be on top of the cable wire for the control panel
cable.

CAUTION:
If the flat cable for the control panel unit is not on top of the cable wire for the
control panel cable, there is the possibility that the flat cable could be too short.

55. Fasten the front case using two screws.

104 Screw (C.C., 4X20)

130 Front case

103 Screw (C.P.T-B, 3X10)

110
Clamp

Flat cable
for control panel unit

Cable wire
for control panel cable

Figure 2-126

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-125

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
56. Open the autocutter unit and place the take-up assembly above the main unit mechanism.
Lubricate the sliding parts of the take-up assembly and the take-up frame assembly.

126 Take-up assembly

G-36

G-36

Figure 2-127

2-126 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

57. Affix the operation label (type FA) to the roll paper cover.

58. Attach the roll paper cover. Hang the 4 claws on the back frame and set the 2 hinges into the
holes in the back case.

132 Roll paper cover

Claws

Claws

39 Operation label (type FA)


Hinge

Hinge

Figure 2-128

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-127

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
59. Attach the front sound absorption material to the ribbon cassette cover.

60. Attach the ribbon cassette cover to the upper case. Align the hinges on the ribbon cassette
cover with the nibs and attach.
131 Ribbon cassette cover

144
Front sound absorption material

Figure 2-129

2-128 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

61. Attach the I/F circuit board unit to the main circuit board unit with two screws.

107
Screws (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6)

I/F circuit board unit

Figure 2-130

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-129

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
62. Attach the lower plate and the IC cover to the main plate sub assembly with five screws.
When doing so, check that the wiring of the power switch cable assembly is as shown in
Figure 2-99.

106 Screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

136 Lower plate

111 IC cover

Figure 2-131

2-130 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

63. Attach the three screws for fastening the display module (option).

106 Screws (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6)

Figure 2-132

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-131

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
64. Fasten the upper case and lower case by tightening the two screws.

103 Screws (C.P.T-B, 3X10)

Figure 2-133

2-132 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

65. Affix a caution seal.

66. Affix an operation label (type BA).

67. Affix an operation label (type DA).

68. Affix a front seal.

69. Affix a head caution seal.

149 Operation label (type DA)

162 Head caution seal

140 Operation label (type BA)

122 Caution seal


148 Front seal

Figure 2-134

70. Perform the following adjustments and settings. (See Chapter 3, Adjusting and Setting.)

Platen gap adjustment

Detectors threshold value setting

Rev.D Assembly and Disassembly 2-133

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

2-134 Assembly and Disassembly Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Chapter 3
Adjusting and Setting

Before Adjusting and Setting


Always observe the following precautions when adjusting and setting.

CAUTION:
Always remove the power supply unit from the printer before working.
There is power flowing in the internal circuit board even if you turn off the printer power
supply switch. You can damage the printer if you work when the power supply is still
attached.

Remove all peripheral equipment connected to the printer before starting your work.

Do not perform any work that is not described in this chapter. Doing so can result in injuries
or damage to the printer.

Do not touch the flexible plastic cable (FPC) or the FFC pins with your hands.

Rev.D Adjusting and Setting 3-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Phase Adjusting
Perform phase adjustments when you have removed or replaced any of the following.

Items Requiring Phase Adjustment

The lever drive gear.


The lever drive transmission gear.
The platen lever drive cam.

1. Press the tab of the lever drive coil (type B).

Lever drive coil (type B)

Claw when raised Claw when pushed

Figure 3-1

3-2 Adjusting and Setting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

2. While pressing the tab of the lever drive coil (type B), rotate the lever motor reduction gear
in the direction indicated in the illustration, so that the protrusion on the lever drive gear
faces the very bottom of the printer.

Lever drive coil (type B)

Lever motor reduction gear

Lever drive gear A

Lever drive gear protrusion

Figure 3-2

3. Remove your finger from the claw of the lever drive coil (type B). Check that the claw
returns to its original position. Redo from step 1 if it has not returned to its original position.

Figure 3-3

Rev.D Adjusting and Setting 3-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
4. Rotate the lever motor reduction gear. Continue until the lever drive gear no longer rotates.

Lever motor reduction gear

Lever drive gear

Figure 3-4

3-4 Adjusting and Setting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

5. While the printer is in that state, attach the lever drive transmission gear to the lever drive
transmission gear axis using one E-ring.

Lever drive transmission gear

E-ring

Lever drive
transmission gear

Lever drive gear

Figure 3-5

Rev.D Adjusting and Setting 3-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
6. Lubricate the platen lever drive cam shaft. Assemble the platen lever drive cam to the platen
lever drive cam shaft using one E-ring. Set so that the three gear teeth of the platen lever
drive cam are facing downward.

G-36

Platen lever drive cam

E-ring

Platen lever drive cam

E-ring

Platen lever drive cam

Three teeth of
the gear

Lever drive
transmission gear

Figure 3-6

3-6 Adjusting and Setting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Platen lever
drive cam

Tab of the lever


drive coil ( type B )

Lever drive gear

Lever motor reduction gear

Figure 3-7

Rev.D Adjusting and Setting 3-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Adjusting the Platen Gap
Adjust the platen gap when you have performed either of the following:

Platen Gap Adjustment

Replaced or removed the print head unit.


Disassembled or re-assembled the TM-U675/U675P printer.

Use the following steps to adjust the platen gap.

1. Remove the carriage cover frame assembly. (See page 1-16.)

2. Remove the ribbon cassette cover. (See page 2-128.)

3. Confirm that the print head unit is located on the right side of the printer. Connect the
power supply unit to the printer. Turn on the printer power switch.When the printer head
unit touches the left side of the printer, turn off the printer power switch. (See Figure 3-8.)
Then, confirm that the platen is closed. After the printer finishes the power on test, remove
the power supply unit from the printer. (This procedure closes the platen.)

Note:
When you are adjusting the platen gap, you must close the platen. There are instances where the
platen is open on this printer after assembly because of positioning of the gears and cams. Therefore,
you must always use the procedure in step 1 to close the platen.

4. Use 0.45 mm and 0.50 mm thickness gauges. Insert the thickness gauges from the side of the
print head unit, as shown in the figure below.

platen

print head unit

Figure 3-8

3-8 Adjusting and Setting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

5. Using the thickness gauges, adjust the platen stopper screws so that the positions indicated
below are 0.5 0.05 mm.

Adjustment Screw Gauge Adjustment Screw

0.5 +/- 0.05 mm

Print Head
20 mm 40 mm

The stopper screws for the platen set are located here.

Figure 3-9

Note:
Adjust the platen gap to meet the following conditions (0.5 0.05 mm).

The 0.45 mm thickness gauge falls under its own weight.

The 0.50 mm thickness gauge is pinched and will not fall between the platen and the print
head unit.
6. Attach the ribbon cassette cover and the carriage cover set frame.

Rev.D Adjusting and Setting 3-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

Setting Threshold Values for Detectors


Perform this setting when you have removed or replaced any of the following.

Items Requiring Setting

The slip T. O. F. detector assembly.


The slip B. O. F. detector assembly.
The paper ejection detector assembly.
The validation detector assembly.
The mechanism assembly.
The main circuit board assembly (for TM-U675/U675P).

CAUTION:
Work indoors to avoid direct sunlight when doing the following. Use normal fluorescent
lighting available in most rooms. You will not be able to make accurate adjustments if
there is natural light (sunlight) or man-made light sources (lamps, etc.) other than
fluorescent lighting.
Allow all the light from the fluorescent lighting to enter the printer when working. You will
not be able to make accurate adjustments if you allow a shadow to fall on the printer or
you turn OFF the fluorescent lighting while working.

1. Install the roll paper.

Note:
You must have roll paper installed to make accurate settings.

2. Remove slip paper if it is inserted.

Note:
You cannot make accurate settings if there is slip paper present.

3. Connect the power supply to the printer.

4. Open the roll paper cover.

5. Turn on the power switch for the printer while holding down the FEED button and the
RELEASE button at the same time.

6. Press the RELEASE button 7 times.

7. Close the roll paper cover.

8. The printer will automatically set the detectors. The main circuit board will store the setting
values.

3-10 Adjusting and Setting Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix A
Service Tools and Lubricants
Table A-1 Service tools required
Tool Size Purpose

Gap gauges <Thickness> To adjust the platen gap.


0.45 mm x 1
0.50 mm x 1

Crosshead screwdriver No. 0, 1 and 2 Other assembly/


disassembly

Flathead screwdriver Other assembly/


disassembly

Tweezers Other assembly/


disassembly

Soldering iron Other assembly/


disassembly

Wrist band Other assembly/


disassembly

E-ring holder 1.2, 1.5, 2.0, 2.3, 3.0, 4.0, Other assembly/
and 5.0 disassembly

Hexagon box driver 5.5 mm Other assembly/


disassembly

Table A-2 Lubricants


Lubricant

O-10

G-15

G-36

G-47

G-48

Rev.D Service Tools and Lubricants Appendix A-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

Appendix A-2 Service Tools and Lubricants Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix B
Maintenance

Maintenance and Inspection


Perform maintenance and inspection to prevent trouble and maintain the fine, initial
performance of this printer for a long time.

There are two types of maintenance and inspection of this printer, based on the technical skill
required: Daily Inspection and Periodic Inspection.

Daily Inspection Items that can be inspected easily and handled by a user of this
printer.

Periodic Inspection Items that are inspected and handled by a person who has technical
knowledge.

Daily Inspection
Table B-1 Daily inspection checklist
Items to Check Checkpoints Handling

Printer setup The connector cables are plugged in. Reconnect cables.

The roll paper and ribbon cassette are Install them properly.
properly installed.

The ribbon is routed properly in the printer.

The ribbon is not damaged. Replace the ribbon cassette.

The roll paper cover is closed. Close the cover.

The front cover (ribbon cassette cover) is


closed.

Paper dust or particles Open the roll paper cover. There should Remove the paper particles or foreign
in the printer be no large paper particles or foreign objects.
matter inside.
Use a small vacuum cleaner for computer
equipment to clean thoroughly.

Open the front cover (ribbon cassette Remove the paper particles or foreign
cover). There should be no large paper objects.
particles or foreign matter inside.
Use a small vacuum cleaner for computer
equipment to clean thoroughly.

Rev.D Maintenance Appendix B-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Periodic Inspection
Table B-2 Periodic inspection checklist
Items to Check Checkpoints Handling When to Perform

Status of paper dust, Is there a great deal of dirt, or dust Use a small vacuum cleaner for Twice a year
dirt, dust adhering to adhering to the parts? computer equipment to clean
the parts thoroughly.

Is there paper dust at each of the Use an air spray can to blow out Twice a year
following detectors and in the slip paper dust.
paper path?
Slip T. O. F. detector
Slip B. O. F. detector
Paper ejection detector
Validation detector
H. P. detector

Is the receipt side platen roller Dampen a cloth with a small Twice a year
white with paper dust? amount of water and wipe the
roller surface.

Spring shapes Are other springs deformed or Reattach or replace the springs. Twice a year
dis-engaged?

Autocutter status Is there paper dust on the cutter Remove the paper dust or foreign Twice a year
blade or other foreign matter matter.
adhering to it?

MICR status Check to see if reading can be Clean the MICR head (see page Once a year
performed and checks can be B-3). or every
inserted. 72,000 passes

Lubrication status Check the lubrication. See Appendix G General Twice a year
Lubrication Point Diagrams.

Operation check Are there any abnormal noises or See Chapter 1 Troubleshooting. Twice a year
printing errors when operating?

Appendix B-2 Maintenance Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

MICR Cleaning
It is recommended that you clean the MICR head periodically (generally once a year or every
72,000 passes) to maintain the accuracy of the MICR reading.

Use a damp-type cleaning sheet to clean the MICR head.

CAUTION:
Do not use an adhesive-type cleaning sheet.

Note:
Generally, clean once a year or every 72,000 passes. Adjust the timing of each cleaning according to the
operating conditions.

Cleaning Sheet Standards


Use the following commonly sold cleaning sheet.

PRESAT brand (KIC) CHECK READER CLEANING CARD or the equivalent product
(damp-type cleaning sheet).

Procedures for Cleaning


You can clean in the following modes. Select the mode when you start cleaning.

Self mode

Command mode

When Cleaning in the Self Mode


1. Load roll paper in the printer.

2. Turn OFF the power supply to the printer.

3. Open the receipt cover.

4. Turn the power supply ON while pressing the RELEASE button.

5. Press the RELEASE button seven times.

6. Close the receipt cover.

Rev.D Maintenance Appendix B-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
7. The following message prints on the roll paper (receipt side) and the SLIP LED flashes.

**** RECOGNITION MODE ****

Please set check.

8. Insert the cleaning sheet into the printer in the same way as a check.

CAUTION:
Insert the cleaning sheet in the correct direction.

9. After the cleaning sheet is ejected, press the RELEASE button once and remove the sheet.

CAUTION:
Do not reuse cleaning sheets.

10. Turn OFF the power supply to the printer.

When Cleaning in the Command Mode


1. Execute the MICR cleaning command FS c.

2. Insert the cleaning sheet into the printer in the same way as a check.

CAUTION:
Insert the cleaning sheet in the correct direction.

3. After the cleaning sheet is ejected, press the RELEASE button once and remove the sheet.

CAUTION:
Do not reuse cleaning sheets.

Appendix B-4 Maintenance Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix C
Installation
You can connect up to four cables to the printer. They all connect to the connector panel (on the
bottom rear of the printer), which is shown below.

Figure C-1 Connector panel

Note:
This illustration shows the serial interface model. If you have the parallel interface model, your interface
connector will look different.

Before connecting any of the cables, make sure that both the printer and the host PC are turned
off.

Connecting to the Host PC


You need an appropriate serial interface or parallel interface cable to connect your computer to
the printer. For the serial model use a null modem cable, and for the parallel model use an IEEE
1284 cable.

Note:
It is important that you use a null modem cable with the serial interface model. Do not use any other type
of serial cable.

1. Plug the cable connector securely into the printers interface connector.

2. If the cable connector has screws on it, tighten the screws on both sides of the connector.

Figure C-2 Tightening the screws

Rev.D Installation Appendix C-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Note:
Your printer has inch-type hexagonal lock screws installed. If your interface cable requires
millimeter-type screws, replace the inch-type screws with the enclosed millimeter-type screws using a
hex screwdriver (5 mm).

inch screw millimeter screw

Figure C-3 Inch screw and millimeter screw

3. If your interface connector has a grounding wire, attach it to the printer using the screw
labeled FG, which is next to the interface connector.

4. Attach the other end of the cable to the host PC.

Connecting the Drawer

WARNING:
Use a drawer that matches the printer specification. Using an improper drawer may
damage the drawer as well as the printer.

Do not connect a telephone line to the drawer kick-out connector; otherwise the printer
and the telephone line may be damaged.

Plug the drawer cable into the drawer kick-out connector on the connector panel in the location
indicated below.

drawer kick-out connector

Figure C-4 Connecting the drawer

Appendix C-2 Installation Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Connecting to a Direct Connection Display Module

WARNING:
Be sure not to connect this cable to the drawer kick-out connector, which is next to the
power connector.

Also do not connect a telephone line to the display module connector.

Note:
The DM connector can be used only with the serial interface model of this printer.

1. Make sure that the printer is turned off.

2. Plug the cable connector (provided with the direct connection display module) securely into
the printer's display module connector until it clicks.

DM connector

Figure C-5 Connecting to a direct connection display module

Rev.D Installation Appendix C-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Power Connection
Use the optional EPSON PS-170 power supply or equivalent for your printer.

WARNING:
Make sure you use the EPSON PS-170 power supply or equivalent. Using an incorrect
power supply may cause fire or electrical shock.

CAUTION:
When connecting or disconnecting the power supply from the printer, make sure the
power supply is not plugged into an electrical outlet. Otherwise you may damage the
power supply or the printer.

If the power supplys rated voltage and your outlets voltage do not match, contact
your dealer for assistance. Do not plug in the power cord. Otherwise you may damage
the power supply or the printer.

1. Make sure the printers power switch is turned off, and the power supplys power cord is
unplugged from the electrical outlet.

2. Check the label on the power supply to make sure the voltage required by the power supply
matches that of your electrical outlet.

3. Plug the power supply cord into the connector shown below.

power supply connector

Figure C-6 Power connection

Note:
To remove the DC cable connector, make sure the power supplys power cord is unplugged; then grasp the
connector at the arrow and pull it straight out.

Appendix C-4 Installation Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix D
Product Overview

Component Functions

Paper roll
cover

Control
panel

Front
cover

Figure D-1

Interface
connector (*) Power supply
DM connector Drawer kick-out connector
connector
(*) This illustration shows the serial interface
model. The parallel interface connector looks
slightly different.

Figure D-2

DIP
switch
cover

Figure D-3
Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Outline of Printer Mechanism

Printing Mechanism
This mechanism consists of the print head unit, which has nine wires vertically arranged in one
row, the head carriage assembly, platen, carriage motor, carriage drive pulley, carriage guide
shaft, carriage transmission pulley, and carriage transmission belt. (See Figure D-4.)

Platen

Carriage guide shaft


Print head unit

Carriage drive pulley

Carriage transmission
pulley
Carriage motor gear

Head carriage assembly

Carriage transmission belt

Figure D-4

Appendix D-2 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Movement of print head unit


When the carriage motor rotates the carriage motor gear in the direction shown by the white
arrow, the driving force is transmitted sequentially to the carriage drive pulley and carriage
transmission belt, moving the head carriage assembly, which is fixed to the carriage
transmission belt, in the direction indicated by the white arrow. (See Figure D-5.)

Carriage drive pulley


Print head unit
Carriage motor gear

Carriage transmission belt

Head carriage assembly

Figure D-5

Printing operation
Wire movement when printing one dot
1. When an electrical pulse is applied to the drive coil, the steel core is excited, and the
operation plate is pulled in the direction indicated by black arrow. At this time, the dot wire
is pressed against the operation plate by the force of the wire return spring. The force of the
operation plate pushes the dot wire out towards the platen (in the direction indicated by
black arrow).

2. The dot wire prints a dot when it strikes the platen through the ink ribbon and paper.

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
3. When the electrical pulse to the drive coil ends, the dot wire and operation plate are
returned to the standby status by the spring force of the wire return spring and operation
plate spring. (See Figure D-6.)

Paper
Wire return spring
Operating plate
Dot wire

Wire guide

Ink ribbon
Platen

Core

Drive coil

Figure D-6

Appendix D-4 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Printing operation when printing one character


This section explains the printing operation for a 9 9 dot matrix.

Characters are printed by energizing the print solenoids at a timing corresponding to the head
carriage movement position, using the carriage motor phase change signal as a reference signal.
The print head unit moves approximately 0.339 mm with a one step rotation (7.5) of the
carriage motor.

To print the number "2," print solenoid numbers 2 and 9 are energized in sync with the carriage
motor phase change signal. Next, print solenoid number 8 is energized in sync with TnH,
delayed by a half dot time interval. The number "2" is printed by repeating this process.
(See Figure D-7.)
TnH Tn4(H)
Tn+1 Tn+3 Tn+5
Tn Tn+2 Tn+4

Carriage motor phase


switching timing
Print solenoid 1

Figure D-7

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Platen open/close operation
The platen adjustment screw attaches the platen to the platen lever. The platen opens and closes
to prepare for feeding a slip, check, or validation sheet. When the lever coil is energized while
the lever drive motor rotates, it releases the linkage of the lever ratchet wheel to the paper feed
trigger attraction plate, and the lever drive gear rotates the prescribed amount in the direction
shown by the arrow. This rotation is transmitted by the lever drive transmission gear, rotating
the platen lever open/close cam 180. The platen lever moves in the direction indicated by
arrow a around the platen lever shaft, and the platen and slip feed roller open. (See Figure D-8.)

To close the platen, the lever drive coil is energized again while the lever drive motor rotates,
turning the lever drive gear the prescribed amount in the direction of the arrow. This rotates the
platen lever open/close cam 180, and the platen lever is moved in the direction shown by arrow
b around the platen lever shaft by the slip retainer spring. The slip feed roller and slip hold
roller make contact at this time, closing the platen.
Validation paper

Platen lever shaft

Platen Platen lever

Slip feed roller

Slip hold roller


Platen lever
drive cam

Lever drive
transmission
gear

Lever drive gear

Figure D-8

Appendix D-6 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Detection Mechanism Unit


The detection mechanism unit is comprised of the following mechanisms.
Table D-1 Detection mechanism unit functions
Mechanism Function

Home position detection Initial setting of printer (carriage home


mechanism position)

Carriage detection Detection of head carriage malfunction


mechanism

B.O.F. detection mechanism Slip detection

T.O.F. detection mechanism Slip detection

Paper ejection detection Slip detection


mechanism

Roll paper end detection Roll paper detection


mechanism

*Roll paper near end Roll paper detection


detection mechanism

Validation detector Validation paper detection


mechanism

Lever motor T.P. detection Lever drive motor timing signal detection
mechanism

Front cover detection Front cover open/closed status detection


mechanism

Rear cover detection Detects the open/close status of the rear


mechanism cover

Movable blade detector Detects the position of the movable blade


mechanism

*The roll paper near end detector mechanism is installed on the paper supply unit.
Autocutter detector assembly

Rear cover detector assembly

Roll paper N.E.detector (micro switch)


Paper ejection detector assembly

Front cover detector assembly

Validation detector assembly


T.O.F. detector
assembly

Carriage detector
assembly

Roll paper end detector assembly

B.O.F. detector
assembly

Lever motor T.P. detector


assembly

Home position detector


assembly

Figure D-9

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Home position detection mechanism
The home position detection mechanism is located at the left end of the head carriage assembly.
This mechanism keeps track of the head carriage assembly movement position. The initial
setting is made by sensing the detection plate at the rear of the head carriage assembly.

The home position detector consists of an LED and photo IC. When the head carriage assembly
is moved, the detection plate passes between the LED and photo IC. The photo IC output level
changes when the light rays are interrupted. This change in output level is used as a detection
signal for the head carriage movement position.
Printer side

+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND

GND Signal level at point A

Head carriage detector assembly

Figure D-10

Carriage detection mechanism


The carriage detection mechanism uses a rotary encoder interlocked to the carriage motor gear
to detect abnormal carriage motor rotation.
This mechanism is comprised of the carriage drive transmission gear and carriage detector,
which are located on the carriage motor shaft.
The carriage detector consists of an LED and phototransistor.
The driving force generated by the carriage motor is transmitted to the carriage motor gear,
carriage drive pulley, carriage belt, carriage transmission pulley, and the carriage drive
transmission gear, which is located at an equal interval on the inside of the gear, where the
screening plate is located. When the carriage drive transmission gear is rotated by the driving
force of the carriage motor, the screening plate passes between the LED and phototransistor.
The output level of the phototransistor changes at this time, since the light rays are interrupted.
This output level is used as the detection signal for carriage motor rotation.
Printer side

+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND

GND Signal level at point A

Screening plate

Figure D-11

Appendix D-8 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Screening plate
Carriage drive
Carriage belt transmission gear

Carriage motor gear


Carriage detector
arriage drive pulley
Carriage transmission pulley

Figure D-12

Bottom of form (B.O.F.) detection mechanism


The B.O.F. detection mechanism detects whether or not slip paper has been inserted, and detects
the rear edge of the paper when printing is performed.

The mechanism is located near the right end of where paper is inserted to ensure it can
determine whether or not a slip has been inserted and for proper positioning.

The B.O.F. detector is comprised of an LED and phototransistor. When a paper slip is inserted,
the light rays between the LED and photo resistor are interrupted, resulting in a change in the
phototransistor output level.

This change in output level is used as a detection signal to determine whether or not a slip has
been inserted.

Slip paper Printer side

Paper guide
+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND

GND Signal level at point A


Document table

Slip paper
B.O.F detector assembly

Figure D-13

Top of form (T.O.F.) detection mechanism


The T.O.F. detection mechanism detects whether or not a slip has been inserted. The mechanism
is located near the top (before the form stopper) to ensure it can determine whether or not a slip
has been inserted and for proper positioning.

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
The T.O.F. detector is comprised of an LED and phototransistor. Reflected light is used to
determine whether or not a slip has been inserted.

When a slip is inserted, light emitted by the LED is reflected, resulting in a change in the
phototransistor output level.

This change in output level is used as a detection signal to determine whether or not a slip has
been inserted.

Printer side
+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND
GND

Signal level at point A

Slip paper

Figure D-14

Paper ejection detection mechanism


The paper ejection detection mechanism detects whether or not a slip has been inserted. The
mechanism is located on the head cover for the slip paper ejection port to ensure it can
determine whether or not paper remains in the unit after the slip ejection operation has taken
place.

The paper ejection detector is comprised of an LED and phototransistor. Reflected light is used
to determine whether or not the slip has been ejected.

When a slip reaches the paper ejection detector after printing is performed and the slip is fed,
light emitted by the LED is reflected, resulting in a change in the phototransistor output level.

This change in output level is used as a detection signal to determine whether or not a slip is
present.

Printer side
+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND
GND

Signal level at point A

Slip paper

Figure D-15

Appendix D-10 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Roll paper end detector mechanism


The roll paper end detector mechanism detects the presence of roll paper. It is located behind
the sub paper feed roller in the roll paper feed path so that it can detect the insertion of paper
when semi-automatically loading roll paper.

The roll paper end detector includes an LED and a phototransistor. The reflection of light is
used to detect the presence of paper.

When there is paper in the feed path, or when you are performing semi-autoloading, LED light
is reflected when the roll paper is inserted. This changes the output level of the phototransistor.
The change in output level is detected and is used as the detection signal for the presence of roll
paper.
Printer side
+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND
GND

Signal level at point A

Roll paper

Figure D-16

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Roll paper near end detector mechanism
The roll paper near end detector mechanism is made up of the N.E. detector lever and a
microswitch. It is attached to the right side of the paper feed unit, and it detects the amount of
roll paper remaining.

The tip of the N.E. detector lever is pushed against the edge of the roll paper by a spring built
into the microswitch. Therefore, the N.E. detector lever touches the edge of the roll paper when
there is a substantial amount of roll paper remaining, which keeps the microswitch turned ON,
as shown in the following illustration. The tip of the N.E. detector lever moves in the direction
of the arrow as the amount of roll paper remaining becomes lower than the prescribed amount.
The tip of the N.E. detector, thus, moves toward the core of the roll paper center thereby turning
OFF the microswitch to generate a detection signal.
Unit case

Roll paper
Micro switch

Roll paper axis center N.E. detector lever

Roll paper axis center

Figure D-17

Validation detector mechanism


The validation detector mechanism is located near the bottom of the paper insertion position to
detect the presence of a validation sheet.

The validation detector mechanism includes an LED and a phototransistor. Reflected light is
used to detect the presence of paper. Inserting validation paper causes the LED light to reflect,
which changes the output level of the phototransistor.

This detector mechanism detects the change in output level and outputs a detection signal for
the presence of the validation paper.
Printer side
+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND
GND

Signal level at point A

Validation paper

Figure D-18

Appendix D-12 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Lever motor timing pulse (T.P.) detection mechanism


The lever motor T.P. detection mechanism consists of a lever drive motor detector plate and
lever motor T.P. detector on the lever drive motor gear. It detects lever drive motor rotation and
generates the signal, which determines the timing for energizing of the lever coil, which in turn
controls opening/closing of the platen lever and opening/closing of the sub slip feed roller.

Lever drive motor

Lever drive motor detector plate

Lever drive motor gear

Lever motor T.P. detector

Figure D-19

Printer side

+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND

GND Signal level at point A

Lever drive motor detector plate

Figure D-20

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Front cover open detection mechanism
The front cover open detector is located at the right side of the printer mechanism, and detects
opening and closing of the front cover. This detector consists of an LED and phototransistor. A
screening part, located on the rear of the cover, interrupts light rays when the cover is closed.
When the cover is opened, the light rays reach the phototransistor, resulting in a change in its
output level. This change in output level is used as a detection signal to determine when the
front cover is open.
Printer side

+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND

GND Signal level at point A

Front cover light interrupter unit

Figure D-21

Rear cover detector mechanism


The rear cover detector is located in the back, right side of the printer mechanism. It detects
whether the rear cover is open or closed. This detector is comprised of an LED and
phototransistor. When the cover is closed, the light interrupter on the back of the cover
interrupts the optical axis. When the cover is open, the optical axis is opened, which changes the
output level of the phototransistor. The detector takes this output level as the detection signal
for the rear cover open detector.
Printer side

+5V
When light is emitted
High
When light is
interrupted
Low
GND

GND Signal level at point A

Rear cover light interrupter unit

Figure D-22

Appendix D-14 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Roll Paper Feed Mechanism


This mechanism mainly includes the paper feed motor, J/S change assembly, roll paper feed
gears, and the paper feed unit. Paper feeds are performed by switching the power from the
paper feed motor between the roll paper feed and slip paper feed by the J/S change assembly.
This explains the operation for roll paper feeds.
Paper feed unit Release lever

Roll paper feed gears

Paper feed motor

J/S change assembly

Main frame

Figure D-23

Roll Paper Insertion Operation (Semi-autoloading)


When the platen lever open/close cam is in the idle position, the sub paper feed rollers and sub
paper hold rollers in the paper feed unit are open. (See "Platen open/close operation" earlier in
this appendix.) When the leading edge of paper is manually inserted into the opening, the
paper end detector built into the paper feed unit detects its presence. The platen lever open/
close cam rotates and the sub paper feed roller and sub paper hold rollers close to grasp the
paper and the rotation of the paper feed motor starts the semi-autoloading.

As shown in Figure D-24, when idling, the platen lever open and close cam holds the platen
lever in the direction of arrow a and the paper guide lever in the direction of arrow c. The
auxiliary paper guide spring force holds the auxiliary paper guide in the direction of arrow e.
When roll paper is inserted and the paper end detector detects the edge of the paper, the lever
drive motor is started and the platen lever open and close guide operates. The platen lever
spring holds the platen lever in the direction of arrow b. The paper guide lever spring holds the
paper guide lever in the direction of arrow d while the paper feed motor drives and starts semi-

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
autoloading. The semi-autoloaded paper roll passes through the paper path past the platen
lever, and then passes to the front side of the platen to be guided to the auxiliary paper guide. It
is guided outside the paper feed unit after passing the area where the paper feed roller and
paper pressing roller are pressed together. The roll paper that has passed out of the paper feed
roller is directed up by the protrusions in center of assist paper guide, and the assist paper guide
is rotated in the direction of arrow f and is closed. (See Figure D-25.)

In this configuration, you cannot insert roll paper to the paper feed roller in slip mode.
Roll paper Paper end detector
Protrusions Sub paper feed shaft

Paper hold roller Sub paper feed roller

;
aper hold roller shaft Guide roller

Paper feed frame


Paper guide roller

Assist paper guide

e
d
Paper feed roller shaft c
Platen

Sub paper hold roller


Platen lever
Paper guide lever
Paper feed lever center shaft

Figure D-24

Appendix D-16 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Roll paper Paper end detector


Sub paper feed shaft
Protrusions

Paper hold roller Sub paper feed roller

aper hold roller shaft Guide roller

Paper guide roller


Paper feed frame

Assist paper guide

Paper feed roller shaft


Platen

Sub paper hold roller


Platen lever
Paper guide lever
Paper feed lever center shaft

Figure D-25

Paper Feed Operation


The power from the paper feed motor is transmitted to the paper feed roller and sub paper feed
roller using the following set of gears.
1. Paper feed motor gear
2. Paper feed transmission gear
3. J/S change gear
4. Paper feed reduction gear
5. Take-up drive gear
6. Paper feed gears

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
The paper feed rollers and paper hold rollers and the sub paper feed rollers and sub paper hold
rollers are pressed together. They feed the roll paper that has been fed by the roll paper insert
operation. (See Figure D-26.) The paper feed roller feeds paper the prescribed amount, but the
sub paper feed roller is set to a paper feed amount that is slightly less than that amount. The
difference in feed amounts is built into the sub paper feed roller. (See Figure D-27.) The sub
paper feed clutch spring and related parts slip to prevent slack in the roll paper.
Paper feed roller Sub paper feed shaft
Sub paper feed roller

Roll paper Guide rollers

Guide roller shaft


Paper feed shaft

Sub paper hold roller

Sub paper hold roller shaft

aper hold shaft Paper feed motor


Paper hold roller
Paper feed gears

Paper feed motor gear

Take-up drive gear Paper feed


reduction gear Paper feed transmission gear
J/S change gear

Figure D-26

E-ring

Sub paper feed roller

Sub paper feed roller holder

Sub paper feed clutch spring

E-ring

Sub paper feed shaft

Figure D-27

Appendix D-18 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Roll Paper Take-Up Mechanism


This mechanism consists of a take-up frame, take-up drive gear, take-up belt, take-up gear, take-
up pulley, take-up clutch, and take-up shaft, all of which ensure stable take-up operation. (See
Figure D-28.)
Paper feed unit

Take-up shaft

Take-up frame

ake-up drive gear

Main frame

Take-up belt
Take-up pulley Take-up gear

Figure D-28

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Take-up operation
The take-up drive force for the printed roll paper is supplied by the paper feed motor, and is
sequentially transmitted to the take-up shaft by the paper feed transmission gear, J/S change
gear, paper feed reduction gear, take-up drive gear, take-up belt, take-up pulley, take-up clutch,
and take-up gear. (See Figure D-29.) Take-up force is transmitted to the take-up shaft by the
movement of the take-up clutch spring between the take-up pulley and take-up gear. This
rotates the take-up shaft in the direction indicated by arrow a, winding up the printed paper roll.

Take-up shaft

Take-up belt
Take-up drive gear a

Paper feed
reduction gear
Take-up frame
J/S change gear

Paper feed
transmission gear
Paper feed motor gear
Take-up pulley
(Take-up clutch)
Take-up gear

Figure D-29

Appendix D-20 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Clamshell mechanism
The clamshell mechanism consists of a paper feed unit, paper feed frame shaft, and paper feed
frame fixing lever. This mechanism is used in the event of a quality problem, such as a paper
jam.

Paper feed unit Paper feed frame fixing levers

Paper feed frame shaft

Main frame

Figure D-30

Opening mechanism

1. Press the on the two paper feed frame fixing levers (indicated by "arrow a" in Figure
D-30).

2. The paper feed frame fixing lever comes off the main frame, allowing the entire paper
feed unit to rotate on the paper feed frame shaft. (See Figure D-31.)

3. Rotate the entire paper feed unit approximately 90 in the direction indicated by arrow
b. (See Figure D-31.)

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-21

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

Paper feed unit

Paper feed frame shaft

Main frame

Figure D-31

Closing mechanism

1. When a paper jam or other problem has been fixed, rotate the entire paper feed unit in
the opposite direction from when the mechanism was opened.

2. Lightly press down on the upper part of the paper feed unit to lock the paper feed frame
fixing lever to the main frame.

Appendix D-22 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Roll paper release operation


The roll paper release operation lets you remove pieces of roll paper that still remain when you
are replacing roll paper. You can use this when there are paper jams or when you are removing
pieces of paper.

The paper is released by operating the release lever beside the paper feed motor on top of the
paper feed unit. The end of the release lever is located very near the paper hold roller. When
you push the part of the lever labeled "PUSH" in the direction indicated by arrow b, the paper
hold roller on the paper hold roller shaft is moved in the direction indicated by arrow a,
releasing the connection with the paper feed roller, releasing any paper in between.
Roll paper

PUSH

Release lever

Paper release lever shaft

aper hold roller spring

Paper feed roller shaft Paper hold roller spring


a
Paper feed frame
Paper hold roller
Paper hold roller shaft

Paper feed roller

Figure D-32

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-23

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Specifically, the release lever is provided by the paper feed motor and very near the paper hold
roller shaft to remove paper that interferes with the contact between the paper hold roller and
paper feed roller. When you push the part of the release lever labeled PUSH in the direction
indicated by arrow b, the release lever rotates around the pivot in the direction of arrow c, and
the end of the release lever pushes out the end of the paper hold roller shaft in the direction
indicated by arrow a. After the paper is released, the paper hold roller and release lever are
returned to their original positions by two paper hold roller springs built into both ends of the
paper hold roller shaft.
Roll paper
"PUSH"
Release lever
pivot point axis b
c
aper hold roller
Release lever
a

Paper hold
roller axis Paper feed frame

Paper hold roller spring


Roll paper

Figure D-33

Appendix D-24 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Slip Feed Mechanism


The slip feed mechanism is comprised of the following parts:

Form stopper
Sub slip feed lever
Sub slip feed roller
Sub slip hold roller
Slip feed roller
Slip hold roller
Paper feed motor and wheel

Positioning slip paper


The slip paper path is normally interrupted by the form stopper, located perpendicular to the
path, which is held in place by the form stopper spring. When a slip is inserted along the right
edge of the slip guide lower frame in the direction indicated by the arrow, the slip paper goes in
as far as the form stopper and is positioned. (See Figure D-34.)

When the paper feed motor rotates several times forward and reverse while energizing the J/S
change solenoid, the J/S change lever will switch the J/S change gear that had been engaged
with the roll paper feed gear so that it is engaged with the slip paper feed gear. (See Figure D-
35.)

T.O.F. detector Slip feed roller


Lever drive cam Paper feed trigger attraction plate
assembly

Sub slip hold roller Slip hold roller

Slip guide upper frame

B.O.F. detector
assembly

Slip paper
Lever drive coil

a
b

Sub slip feed roller Form stopper Sub slip feed lever
Slip guide lower frame

Figure D-34

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-25

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

Paper feed reduction gear

J/S change gear

J/S change lever

J/S change solenoid

Main frame

Paper feed reduction gear

Figure D-35

Appendix D-26 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

When the T.O.F. detector and B.O.F. detector determine that a slip has been inserted, the lever
drive coil is energized while the lever drive motor is rotated. At this time, the linkage between
the paper feed trigger attraction plate and lever drive ratchet wheel is disconnected, the lever
drive shaft and lever drive cam rotate, and the sub slip feed lever moves in the direction
indicated by arrow a. (See Figure D-34.) This pushes up the sub slip feed roller, compressing the
sub slip hold roller. At the same time as this, the sub spring feed lever moves the form stopper
in the direction indicated by arrow b (See Figure D-34), completing preparations for feeding the
slip away from the form stopper slip path. (See Figures D-34, 36.)

Platen lever
drive cam

Lever drive motor Lever drive


transmission gear
Lever drive shaft
Lever drive cam
Paper feed trigger
attraction plate Lever drive gear
Lever drive Sub slip hold roller
Lever drive rachet wheel
coil

Sub slip feed roller


Form stopper

Sub slip feed lever

Figure D-36

After this, the paper feed motor is rotated a number of steps corresponding to the slip paper
format in the direction indicated by the arrow. The rotation force is transmitted to the slip feed
roller and sub slip feed roller by the gears, positioning the slip paper at the top. (See Figure
D-37.)

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-27

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

Slip drive gears


Paper feed reduction gear

J/S change Paper feed transmission


gear gear
g h

f
c
Slip transmission
gears a
e
d
Paper feed motor
g
b
J/S change
lever
f
Paper feed motor gear

Slip drive gears


J/S change solenoid

Figure D-37

Slip paper printing and paper feed operation


After the slip is positioned, printing can be performed. The paper feed motor drives the slip
feed roller upon the completion of printing of one line, feeding the paper the prescribed
distance. The slip paper can be fed forward or reverse by controlling the energizing signal of the
paper feed motor.

The slip feed mechanism gear assembly is comprised of the following parts:

Paper feed motor gear for paper feed motor

Paper feed transmission gear

J/S change gear (J/S change solenoid engages this with the slip paper feed gear)

Paper feed reduction gear

Slip transmission gear

Slip drive gear

The driving force of the paper feed motor is transmitted to the slip feed roller and slip hold roller
simultaneously via the gears, creating the force to feed the slip paper on the front and on the
back.

Appendix D-28 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

When the slip paper is fed forward, the respective gears rotate in the directions indicated by
arrow a, arrow b, arrow c, arrow d, arrow e, and arrow f. This rotates the slip feed roller and slip
hold roller in the directions indicated by arrows g and h, feeding the slip paper in the direction
indicated by the arrow. When the slip paper is fed in the reverse direction, the operation is
performed in the opposite direction. (See Figure D-37.)

Validation Mechanism
Feeding validation paper
When you use validation paper, the force of the drive of the paper feed motor switches to the
slip paper feed gear using the J/S change mechanism.

The open/close operation (see "Platen open and close operation") moves the platen lever frame
in the direction of arrow a and the slip paper roller and platen are opened. Validation paper can
be inserted from the top of the printer mechanism in this state. When the trailing edge of
validation paper is detected, the detection signal is output. This signal is received, the lever
drive motor is started, and the platen lever moves in the direction of arrow b (in Figure D-8).
This causes the slip feed roller and the slip hold roller to grasp the validation paper. The platen
closes to ensure the appropriate platen gap, and printing is possible. When the printing of one
line of characters is completed, the paper feed motor is driven to rotate the slip feed roller to feed
the validation paper the prescribed amount in the upward direction.

Ribbon Feed Mechanism


The ribbon feed mechanism is comprised of the following parts. (See Figure D-38.)

Transmission gear

Ribbon reduction gear

Ribbon drive gear

Ribbon intermediate gear

Ribbon take-up gear

Ribbon take-up shaft

The rotation of the carriage transmission pulley driven via the carriage transmission belt is used
to feed the ribbon.

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-29

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
This ribbon feed mechanism only feeds the ribbon when the head carriage assembly is moved
from the right side to the left side.

Ribbon reduction gear


Transmission gear

Carriage transmission
pulley

Ribbon take-up shaft

Head carriage set


Ribbon take-up gear
Ribbon drive gear
Ribbon intermediate gear

Figure D-38

Ribbon feed operation


When the carriage motor moves the head carriage assembly from the right side to the left side,
the carriage transmission pulley rotates in the direction indicated by arrow A in Figure D-39.
This driving force rotates the ribbon drive gear (planetary gear) in the direction indicated by
arrow B via the transmission gear and ribbon reduction gear. At this time, the ribbon drive plate
rotates in the direction indicated by arrow C around the ribbon reduction gear rotation shaft
until the ribbon drive gear meshes with the ribbon intermediate gear.

Meshing of these gears transmits the driving force of the ribbon drive gear to the ribbon take-up
gear via the ribbon intermediate gear, rotating the ribbon take-up shaft mounted at the top in the
direction shown by arrow D. (See Figure D-39.)

The ribbon is fed when the ribbon feed roller in the ribbon cassette meshes with this ribbon take-
up shaft.

On the other hand, when the head carriage assembly moves from left to right, the carriage
transmission pulley rotates in the direction of arrow E, and the ribbon drive plate rotates in the
direction of arrow F around the ribbon reduction gear rotation shaft. Consequently, the ribbon
drive gear and ribbon intermediate gear no longer mesh, the ribbon take-up gear remains in
place, and the ribbon is not fed.

Appendix D-30 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

The ribbon take-up gear has an internal one-way clutch, preventing it from rotating in the
direction indicated by arrow G and this, in turn, prevents ribbon slack. (See Figure D-39.)
Ribbon take-up shaft

Transmission gear

Carriage transmission
Ribbon reduction gear pulley

A
C D G E
F

Ribbon drive gear

Ribbon drive plate Ribbon intermediate gear Ribbon take-up gear

Figure D-39

MICR Mechanism (Factory Option)


The MICR unit is comprised of the following parts (See Figure D-40.):

MICR head

MICR frame

MICR lever

MICR fixing

MICR solenoid

The MICR unit is located in the slip paper path.

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-31

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
MICR character reading, and printing on front
When using the MICR process, the force of the drive of the paper feed motor switches to the slip
paper feed gear using the J/S change mechanism. A check is inserted just like any other slip.
When a check is inserted along the right edge of the slip guide lower frame in the direction
indicated by the arrow in the figure below, it is fed up to the form stopper and positioned.

After the T.O.F. and B.O.F. detectors determine that a check has been inserted, the sub slip feed
roller and sub slip hold roller take hold of the check in an operation like that described for
positioning the slip paper. This prepares for movement of the form stopper in the direction
indicated by the arrow to feed the check. The MICR solenoid is then energized, moving the
MICR lever in the direction indicated by the arrow, and the MICR fixing mounted to the MICR
lever pushes the check against the MICR head.

Next, the paper feed motor rotates at the MICR reading speed in the same way as for slip paper
feed, transporting the check. When the MICR characters on the check pass over the MICR
magnet in front of the MICR unit, they are magnetized. The check is transported farther, and
when the characters pass through the MICR unit, they are read by the MICR head, shown in
Figure D-41.

In the event the MICR characters cannot be recognized during the MICR reading process, the
check is ejected out the rear (see Note 1).

Upon completion of MICR reading, the check is fed to the position corresponding to the format
for printing on the front of the check, and the head carriage assembly prints in the prescribed
format on the front of the check. After printing, the check is fed forward and ejected, completing
the operation. The slip feed roller rotates during the front printing process, feeding the check
forward in the same way as for a slip (see Note 2).

Sub slip paper hold roller


T.O.F. detector

MICR assembly

Slip guide upper frame

B.O.F. detector

Check paper

Form stopper
MICR magnet
MICR fixing
Slip guide lower frame Sub slip feed roller
MICR lever

Figure D-40

Appendix D-32 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Note 1
Insert the check again if the MICR characters cannot be recognized the first time.

Note 2
When endorsement printing and printing on the front of the check are not performed, the check
is fed forward and ejected upon completion of the MICR reading process.

MICR lever

MICR solenoid

MICR head

MICR fixing

MICR lever

Figure D-41

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-33

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Cutter Mechanism
This is an autocutting mechanism that cuts the roll paper with the driving force of the motor and
has an emergency cutter to cut roll paper manually.

Autocutter Mechanism
The basic idea of the autocutter mechanism on this printer is the scissors principle to cut paper
at the intersection of two blades. The autocutter on this printer has one stationary blade and two
movable blades: a scissors blade that moves rotatively and a sliding blade that moves in a
straight line. In operation, it employs a compound blade type autocutter mechanism that leaves
the area between the scissors blade and the sliding blade uncut. The structure requires that the
stationary blade, the scissors blade and the sliding blade be established on the cutter frame and
the drive mechanism be established on the cutter cover.
Scissors blade

Sliding blade

Stationary blade Roll paper


Uncut portion

Figure D-42

Appendix D-34 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Drive Mechanism
The cutter motor is fastened to the cutter cover. The cutter motor gear is pressed into the motor
axis. The cutter motor is a DC brush motor. The cutter drive gear is rotatably supported on the
cutter drive gear shaft that is attached to the cutter cover. The cutter drive gear is held by an E-
ring. The autocutter deceleration shaft is held at both ends at the cutter cover. The autocutter
deceleration gear and the cutter worm gear are rotatably supported on the autocutter
deceleration shaft. The side walls relative to the autocutter deceleration gear and the cutter
worm gear are the clutch plates and the autocutter deceleration gear pushes the cutter worm
gear by the force of the cutter clutch spring. There is a thin metal washer between the autocutter
deceleration gear and the cutter clutch spring to allow smooth rotation. The force of the cutter
motor is transmitted to the autocutter deceleration gear and cutter worm gear from the cutter
motor gear to rotate the cutter drive gear.

A micro switch is attached to the cutter cover. The micro switch detects the position of the
blades (scissors blade and sliding blade). The cutter drive gear is a cam. The micro switch,
linked to the cam, is turned ON and OFF. The cutter motor and micro switch are connected to
the intermediate cable coming from the printers circuit board by the cutter lead wire.

Scissors blade transmission shaft


Movable blade spring washer
Stationary blade Sliding blade
Scissors blade
Movable blade shaft
Sliding blade bearing
Sliding blade link shaft
Movable blade pressure spring
Scissors blade
spacer
Cutter frame
Sliding blade link
Autocutter deceleration gear
Sliding blade
Cutter clutch spring transmission shaft
(omit an illustration) Clutch Sliding blade shaft

Cutter lead wire Sliding blade spring

Cutter worm gear Sliding blade


spacer spring
Autocutter deceleration shaft

Cutter plate cover

Cutter motor Movable blade drive shaft

Cutter drive gear


Cutter motor shaft
Micro switch
Cutter drive gear shaft

Figure D-43

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-35

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Cutter Blade Mechanism
The following parts are established on the movable cutter blade shaft that is that is attached to
the cutter frame.

Stationary blade

Scissors blade spacer

Scissors blade

Movable blade pressure spring

Movable blade spring washer

An oblong hole is designed to abut the movable blade drive shaft that is fastened to the cutter
drive gear on the scissors blade. Reciprocal rotation of the cutter drive gear supportingly rotates
the movable blade shaft of the scissors blade. The sliding blade bearing and sliding blade are
established on the sliding blade shaft and sliding blade link shaft that are attached to the cutter
frame. Abutting of the shaft on both sides of the oblong hole on the sliding blade guides the
sliding blade. The sliding blade spacer spring and sliding blade spring are attached to the
sliding blade shaft and are held to the cutter frame by the bush-nut (stopper ring). The sliding
blade link is rotatably supported on the sliding blade link shaft. The scissors blade transmission
shaft mounted on the sliding blade and the scissors blade transmission shaft mounted on the
scissors blade abut the two oblong holes in the sliding blade link, thereby comprising the link
structure. Coupled with the reciprocal rotation of the scissors blade, the sliding blade moves
reciprocally in a direct linear direction. When the scissors blade (and the sliding blade) is at its
idle position, the micro switch is OFF (open).

Clutch Mechanism
These parts and drive mechanisms can be damaged when foreign matter enters between the
movable blades (scissors blade and sliding blade) and the stationary blade. A power
transmission clutch has been established to protect these parts in the event that foreign matter
enters between the movable blades (scissors blade and sliding blade) and the stationary blade on
this printer. Sliding occurs between the autocutter deceleration gear and cutter worm gear and
the motor lock is held in check. If the cutter blades (scissors blade and sliding blade) do not
return within a predetermined amount of time, an error is detected to stop, cut the flow of
power to the motor, and enter a reverse rotation energizing of the motor to automatically
recover the movable blades (scissors blade and sliding blade).

Autocutter Operation
The following describes the order of operation of the autocutter.

1. Voltage is charged to the terminals of the cutter motor and the cutter motor gear rotates.

2. The cutter blade drive shaft moves the scissors blade toward the stationary blade.

3. The sliding blade, linked to the movement of the scissors blade, also moves toward the
stationary blade.

Appendix D-36 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

4. The movable blades (scissors blade and sliding blade) intersect at the stationary blade
thereby cutting the roll paper from both edges.

5. The area between the scissors blade and the sliding blade remains uncut and the movable
blades (scissors blade and sliding blade) retract.

6. When the movable blades (scissors blade and sliding blade) are at their idle positions, the
micro switch detects that status and stops the motor to stop the movable blades (scissors
blade and sliding blade).

Cutter Blade Knobs


In normal operations, if the movable blades (scissors blade and sliding blade) are not at their idle
positions, the cutter motor will rotate in reverse to automatically recover the movable blades
(scissors blade and sliding blade) to their idle positions. However, there are cases in which they
cannot be recovered with the force of the motor, if there is trouble of some form or another. In
that case, you can manually move the movable blades (scissors blade and sliding blade). A knob
is provided on the cutter worm gear to allow manual recovery. Use a pen, or a similar object, to
rotate it in the direction of the arrow. If you can see the movable blade drive shaft near the
position marked with a triangle in the check window, the movable blades (scissors blade and
sliding blade) are at their recovery positions.

Check window

Cutter blade knobs

Figure D-44

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-37

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Emergency Cutter
There are cases in which the autocutter mechanism will not operate normally, if trouble occurs.
In such cases, you can manually cut roll paper using the emergency cutter. The emergency
cutter is mounted on the cutter cover.
Roll paper

Emergency cutter

Stationary blade Movable blades


(Scissors blade and sliding blade)

Figure D-45

Appendix D-38 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Outline of Circuits

Connection of Units
This printer consists of the following main units:
Impact head
Impact mechanism drive unit
MICR head unit (factory option)
Main circuit board unit
Memory circuit board unit

DM DKD Power
supply unit

CN8 CN9 CN18


I/F board

CN29 Switch
CN2

Main circuit
CN22

board assembly

Memory circuit
CN5

Roll paper board


NE sensor (ROM, RAM)
CN7

Autocutter
unit

MICR
head
CN1

MICR
CN27

solenoid

CN6 CN28 CN30

Control panel Slip mechanism unit


LEDs (paper feed, carriage, impact head)

Figure D-46

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-39

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Circuit Block Diagram
In the circuit block diagram below, the circuit units in this printer are divided into main units.
SW
5V
Power CN18 VCC Power supply
supply unit Power supply

24VB Impact head,


Power supply
MICR head
voltage supply,
autocutter
24VC
Q45 Power supply Slip transport/
carriage motor
solenoids drive
voltage supply

Memory board
I/F board DM DKD LED/SW

Mechanism unit
G/A CPU
Q5 U17 SLIP paper feed
(U30) (U3)

U14 SLIP carriage


CN30

Autocutter

Sensor

Solenoid

QM3 Impact head


QM6
CN28

Figure D-47

The circuit boards consist of the following units:


Main circuit board
Memory circuit board (the memory circuit board is soldered to the main circuit board and
cannot be removed)
Interface circuit board (option)

Appendix D-40 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Memory Circuit Board


An outline of the memory board configuration and specifications is provided below.

Program ROM (flash memory, U508)

Table D-2 Program ROM specifications


Item Specification

Application Mainly for storage of programs

Capacity Standard: 4 Mbit


8 Mbits may be used, depending on specifications. Circuit also is compatible with
16 Mbits (reserved)

Access Speed 55 ns

Font ROM (flash memory, U513)

Table D-3 Font ROM specifications


Item Specification

Application Mainly for storage of fonts

Capacity Standard: 4 Mbit


8 Mbits may be used, depending on specifications. Circuit also is compatible with
16 Mbits (reserved)

Access Speed 55 ns

Volatile RAM (SRAM, U509)

Table D-4 Volatile RAM specifications


Item Specification

Application Receive buffer


Print buffer

Capacity 1 Mbit
Circuit also is compatible with 2 Mbits (reserved), which can be used as external
memory.

Access Speed 55 ns

Other SRAM is used.


Flags and stacks use CPU internal RAM (256 bytes)

EEPROM for future expansion (electrically erasable NAND memory, U512)

Table D-5 Specifications for the EEPROM for future expansion


Item Specification

Model TC5816BFT (Toshiba) etc.

Firmware Support Not determined

Program Updates
Program downloads can be performed over communication lines (via the interface board).

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-41

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Memory Map
000000H

CPU I/O
0003FFH
000400H

RAM (INT)
000BFFH
000C00H

RAM (EXT) CS1=0

1FFFFFH

400000H

Gate Array CS0=0

4000FFH

800000H

Font ROM
4M or 8M CS3=0

8FFFFFH

F00000H

Program ROM
4M or 8M CS2=0

FFFFFFH

Figure D-48

Main Circuit Board Unit


The main circuit board consists of the following elements:

CPU peripheral circuit

CPU

GA (gate array)

Reset circuit

Slip mechanism drive function

Impact head drive circuit

Platen open/close, MICR drive circuit (MICR is factory option)

Paper feed motor drive function

Appendix D-42 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Lever function drive circuit (for paper feed path changeover)

MICR signal detection circuits (factory option)

Detection circuits

Autocutter drive circuit

Input circuit

Logic power circuit

DIP switch read circuit

Control panel display drive circuit

Malfunction protective circuit

DM interface circuit

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-43

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
CPU and Peripheral Logic Circuits
CPU
Table D-6 CPU specifications
Item Specification

External Data Bus Width 16 bits

Internal Data Bus Width 32 bits

External Clock 9.83 MHz


(root oscillation)

Bus Speed 19.66 MHz

Product Number TMP94C251F (Toshiba)

Internal RAM 256 bytes (used as stack area)

A/D Input Ports 7


Four slip sensors (TOF detector, BOF detector, ejection detector, validation
detector), and one each for MICR head reading, power source voltage
monitoring, impact head thermistor voltage

D/A Output Port 1


Carriage motor reference voltage

CPU Terminals and Functions


Table D-7 CPU terminals and functions
Port (Terminal) Pin Description Circuit Signal I/O I/O Definition

Name No. Name H L

DAREFH 1 VCC

DAREFL 2 GND

DAOUT0 3 For thermal PF, current setting THPF_DA OUT 5/256 0/256

DAOUT1 4 For impact CR, current setting CR_DA OUT 5/256 0/256

DVCC 5 VCC

PC0 6 Paper roll near end (common ROL_NE IN Paper No paper


for HB/U175) detected

PC1 7 Paper end (roll paper) ROL_RE IN No paper Paper detected

PD0 8 Thermal PF_PHASE1 THPF_PH1 OUT

PD1 9 Thermal PF_PHASE2 THPF_PH2 OUT

PD2 10 Thermal PF_I01 THPF_I01 OUT

PD4 11 Thermal PF_I02 THPF_I02 OUT

PD5 12 Thermal PF_I11 THPF_I11 OUT

PD6 13 Thermal PF_I12 THPF_I12 OUT

DVSS 14 GND

PE0 15 DSW2-5 DSW2-5 IN OFF ON

Appendix D-44 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Table D-7 CPU terminals and functions


Port (Terminal) Pin Description Circuit Signal I/O I/O Definition

Name No. Name H L

PE1 16 EP_TP EP_TP IN E/P timing


pulse
interrupt

PE2 17 SW_SLIP_PF SW_SLIP IN None Depressed

PE4 18 SW_RECEIPT_PF SW_RPT IN None Depressed

PE5 19 Receive DMA request receipt DREQ IN

PE6 20 Interrupt for synchronous serial SD_INT IN


input

PF0/TXD0 21 Serial TXD for asynchronous TXD OUT


communication

PF1/RXD0 22 Serial RXD for asynchronous RXD IN


communication

PF2/CTS0/ 23 Serial CLKIN/DTR for CLKIN IN


SCLK0 asynchronous communication

PF4/TXD1 24 Serial CLKREQ for asynchronous CLKREQ OUT


communication

PF5/RXD1 25 Serial CTS for asynchronous CTS IN


communication

PF6/CTS1/ 26 Serial IF_DET for asynchronous IF_DET IN


SCLK1 communication

DVCC 27 VCC

NMI 28 VCC connection VCC IN

P86/WAIT 29 HCTS HCTS IN

AM0 30 CPU mode setting (fixed to "1")

CLK 31 Not used NC

TEST0 32 Not used (GND fixed)

TEST1 33 Not used (GND fixed)

CLVSS 34 VSS

CLVCC 36 VCC

DVSS 37 GND

X1 38 9.83 MHz

X2 39 9.83 MHz

AM1 40 CPU mode setting (fixed to "0")

RESET 41 Hard reset RESET

WDTOUT 42 Abnormal detect (used by GA) TIMI

DVCC 43 VCC

PB0/CAS1 44 LED_ERROR LED_ERROR OUT On Off

PB1/UCAS1 45 LED_SLIP LED_SLIP OUT On Off

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-45

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Table D-7 CPU terminals and functions
Port (Terminal) Pin Description Circuit Signal I/O I/O Definition

Name No. Name H L

PB2/HLCAS1 46 LED_PAPER LED_PAPER OUT On Off

PB3/HUCAS1 47 SEN_PWR SEN_PWR OUT Power off Power on


(sensor power On/Off)

PB4/WE1 48 PTLED_COM PTLED_COM OUT Power on Power off

PA0/CAS0 49 MICR plunger (+) MICR_SOL1 OUT

PA1/UCAS0 50 MICR plunger (-) MICR_SOL2 OUT

PA2/OE0 51 SLIP plunger (+) SLIP_SOL1 OUT

PA3/OE1 52 SLIP plunger (-) SLIP_SOL2 OUT

PA4/WE0 53 EP-Power ON/OFF EP_ON OUT

DVSS 54 GND

P85/CS5 55 CS spare CS_RES OUT

P84/CS4 56 EJM (electronic journal flash) CS_EJ OUT Not selected EJM selected

P83/CS3 57 GA CS_CG OUT Not selected Font selected

P82/CS2 58 ROM1 (external program) CS_PGM OUT Not selected Program


selected

P81/CS1/RAS0 59 RAM CS_RAM OUT Not selected External RAM


selected

P80/CS0 60 ROM2 (FONT) CS_GA OUT Not selected GA selected

DVCC 61 VCC

P76/BUSAK 62 M190 motor drive signal 1 EP_MOTOR1 OUT Not driven Driven

P75/BUSRQ 63 M190 motor drive signal 2 EP_MOTOR2 OUT Brake

P74 64 Solenoid drive 1 LEVER1 OUT Open Driven

P73 65 Solenoid drive 2 LEVER2 OUT Open Driven

P72/WRLH 66 External memory write (D8 15) WRH OUT

P71/WRLL 67 External memory write (D0 7) WRL OUT

P70/RD 68 External memory read RD OUT

DVSS 69 GND

P00/D0 70 External data bus D0 1 0

P01/D1 71 External data bus D1 1 0

P02/D2 72 External data bus D2 1 0

P03/D3 73 External data bus D3 1 0

P04/D4 74 External data bus D4 1 0

P05/D5 75 External data bus D5 1 0

P06/D6 76 External data bus D6 1 0

P07/D7 77 External data bus D7 1 0

DVCC 78 VCC

Appendix D-46 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Table D-7 CPU terminals and functions


Port (Terminal) Pin Description Circuit Signal I/O I/O Definition

Name No. Name H L

P10/D8 79 External data bus D8 1 0

P11/D9 80 External data bus D9 1 0

P12/D10 81 External data bus D10 1 0

P13/D11 82 External data bus D11 1 0

P14/D12 83 External data bus D12 1 0

P15/D13 84 External data bus D13 1 0

P16/D14 85 External data bus D14 1 0

P17/D15 86 External data bus D15 1 0

DVSS 87 GND

DVCC 88 VCC

DVSS 89 GND

P67/A23 90 External address bus A23 1 0

P66/A22 91 External address bus A22 1 0

P65/A21 92 External address bus A21 1 0

P64/A20 93 External address bus A20 1 0

P63/A19 94 External address bus A19 1 0

P62/A18 95 External address bus A18 1 0

P61/A17 96 External address bus A17 1 0

P60/A16 97 External address bus A16 1 0

DVCC 98 VCC

P57/A15 99 External address bus A15 1 0

P56/A14 100 External address bus A14 1 0

P55/A13 101 External address bus A13 1 0

P54/A12 102 External address bus A12 1 0

P53/A11 103 External address bus A11 1 0

P52/A10 104 External address bus A10 1 0

P51/A09 105 External address bus A9 1 0

P50/A08 106 External address bus A8 1 0

DVSS 107 GND

P47/A07 108 External address bus A7 1 0

P46/A06 109 External address bus A6 1 0

P45/A05 110 External address bus A5 1 0

P44/A04 111 External address bus A4 1 0

P43/A03 112 External address bus A3 1 0

P42/A02 113 External address bus A2 1 0

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-47

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Table D-7 CPU terminals and functions
Port (Terminal) Pin Description Circuit Signal I/O I/O Definition

Name No. Name H L

P41/A01 114 External address bus A1 1 0

P40/A00 115 External address bus A0 1 0

DVCC 116 VCC

PZ0 117 DSW1-1 DSW1-1 IN OFF ON

PZ1 118 DSW1-2 DSW1-2 IN OFF ON

PZ2 119 DSW1-3 DSW1-3 IN OFF ON

PZ3 120 DSW1-4 DSW1-4 IN OFF ON

PZ4 121 DSW1-5 DSW1-5 IN OFF ON

PZ5 122 DSW1-6 DSW1-6 IN OFF ON

PZ6 123 EJ memory WP signal EJ_WP OUT

PZ7 124 Power source LED LED_POWER OUT ON OFF

PH4/INT0 125 For future expansion, currently WAKE IN


pulled down

PH0/TC0 126 DKD1 DKD1 OUT OFF ON

PH1/TC1 127 DKD2 DKD2 OUT OFF ON

PH2/TC2 128 Drawer sensor 1 DKDS1 IN Terminal Terminal GND


24V

PH3/TC3 129 DSW1-7 DSW1-7 IN OFF ON

DVSS 130 GND

PG0/AN0 131 24 VDC monitor 24V_RD IN

PG1/AN1 132 Thermal head temperature TH_THERM IN


(TH_THERM)

PG2/AN2 133 Impact head temperature IM_THERM IN


(IM_THERM)

PG3/AN3 134 MICR data MIRD IN

PG4/AN4 135 TOF SLIP_TOF IN

PG5/AN5 136 BOF SLIP_BOF IN

PG6/AN6 137 Validation detector SLIP_VARI IN

PG7/AN7 138 Ejection detector SLIP_HAI IN

VREFH 139 VCC

VREFL 140 GND

ADVSS 141 GND

ADVCC 142 VCC

DAVSS 143 GND

DAVCC 144 VCC

Appendix D-48 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Gate Array (GA)


The GA for this printer mainly consists of a custom IC with the following functions. The GA is
operated by external root oscillation (10 MHz).

Impact head drive function

General-purpose port and other functions

Table D-8 GA terminals and functions


Terminal Pin Circuit Signal Meaning Meaning
Name No. Description Name Spec. of H of L

DREQ 1 DMA request DREQ DREQ

CLKREQ 2 Synchronous serial CLKREQ CLKREQ


CLK_REQUEST

VDD1 3 Fixed power source VCC VCC

CLKIN 4 Synchronous serial CLKIN/DTR CLKIN CLKIN

TXD 5 Synchronous serial TXD TXD TXD

RXD 6 Synchronous serial RXD RXD RXD

SD_INT 7 Synchronous serial SD_INT SD_INT SD_INT

RTS 8 Synchronous serial RTS RTS RTS

PC7 9 Port PC/MSL1 MSL1 IN Yes No

PC6 10 Port PC/MSL2 MSL2 IN Yes No

PC5 11 Port PC/MSL3 MSL3 IN Yes No

PC4 12 Port PC/DSW2-1 DSW2-1 IN DSW-OFF DSW-ON

PC3 13 Port PC/DSW2-2 DSW2-2 IN DSW-OFF DSW-ON

PC2 14 Port PC/DSW2-3 DSW2-3 IN DSW-OFF DSW-ON

VSS1 15 Fixed power source GND

PC1 16 Port PC/lever timing detector LEVER_DT IN Light Light


received blocked

PC0 17 Port PC/HB-R cover TH_R_COVER IN

PG7 18 Port PG/F cover F_COVER IN Open Closed

PG6 19 Port PG/R cover/HB unit sensor R_COVER IN Open Closed

PG5 20 Port PG/AC reset detector AC_RESET IN Stopped Operating

PG4 21 Port PG/M190 reset detector EP_RES IN Detected

PG3 22 Port PG/DSW2-6 DSW2-6 IN

PG2 23 Port PG/CR motor step-out CR_MOT_DT IN Light Light


detector blocked received

PG1 24 Port PG/CR motor HP detector CR_MOT_HP IN Light Light


received blocked

SW24V1 25 24V enabler 1 24VSW1 OUT 24V 24V


supplied interrupted

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-49

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Table D-8 GA terminals and functions
Terminal Pin Circuit Signal Meaning Meaning
Name No. Description Name Spec. of H of L

SW24V2 26 24V enabler 2 24VSW2 OUT 24V 24V


supplied interrupted

PB7/HEAD9 27 Impact/shuttle head 9 SHEAD9 OUT Blocked Driven

VDD2 28 Fixed power source VCC

PA7/HEAD8 29 Impact/shuttle head 1 SHEAD1 OUT Blocked Driven

VSS2 30 Fixed power source GND

PA6/HEAD7 31 Impact/shuttle head 2 SHEAD2 OUT Blocked Driven

PA5/HEAD6 32 Impact/shuttle head 3 SHEAD3 OUT Blocked Driven

PA4/HEAD5 33 Impact/shuttle head 4 SHEAD4 OUT Blocked Driven

PA3/HEAD4 34 Impact/shuttle head 5 SHEAD5 OUT Blocked Driven

PA2/HEAD3 35 Impact/shuttle head 6 SHEAD6 OUT Blocked Driven

PA1/HEAD2 36 Impact/shuttle head 7 SHEAD7 OUT Blocked Driven

PA0/HEAD1 37 Impact/shuttle head 8 SHEAD8 OUT Blocked Driven

PI4/ 38 Impact head common HEADCOM1 OUT Driven Blocked


HEADCOM1 changeover

PI3/TIMI 39 Timer in input TIMI IN

VSS3 40 Fixed power source GND

PI2/ 41 Shuttle head common HEADCOM2 OUT Driven Blocked


HEADCOM2 changeover

PE5 42 CR motor I10 CR_I10 OUT

PE4 43 CR motor I20 CR_I20 OUT

PE3 44 CR motor I11 CR_I11 OUT

PE2 45 CR motor I21 CR_I21 OUT

PE1 46 CR motor PH1 CR_PH1 OUT

PE0 47 CR motor PH2 CR_PH2 OUT

PD7 48 Slip PF motor I10 PF_I10 OUT

PD6 49 Slip PF motor I20 PF_I20 OUT

PD5 50 Slip PF motor I11 PF_I11 OUT

PD4 51 Slip PF motor I21 PF_I21 OUT

PD3 52 Slip PF motor PH1 PF_PH1 OUT

VDD3 53 Fixed power source VCC

PD2 54 Slip PF motor PH2 PF_PH2 OUT

PD1 55 Slip PF motor HOLD PF_HOLD OUT HOLD

PD0 56 DSW1-8 DSW1-8 IN DSW-OFF DSW-ON

VSS4 57 Fixed power source GND

PI1/ 58 Lever drive motor LEV_M1 OUT Not Driven


(brake not required) driven

Appendix D-50 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Table D-8 GA terminals and functions


Terminal Pin Circuit Signal Meaning Meaning
Name No. Description Name Spec. of H of L

PI0/ 59 DSW2-4 DSW2-4 IN DSW-OFF DSW-ON

PE7 60 AC motor 1 AC_M1 OUT

PE6 61 AC motor 2 AC_M2 OUT

VDD4 62 Fixed power source VCC

XOUT 63 Oscillator output 10.0 MHz

XIN 64 Oscillator input 10.0 MHz

VSS5 65 Fixed power source GND

RESET 66 RESET input RESET

PJ0 67 EJ-Memory ALE EJ_ALE

PJ1 68 EJ-Memory CLE EJ_CLE

PJ2 69 EJ-Memory R/B EJ_R/B

TEST 70 GA test pin GND

A7 71 Address-7 A7

A6 72 Address-6 A6

A5 73 Address-5 A5

A4 74 Address-4 A4

A3 75 Address-3 A3

A2 76 Address-2 A2

A1 77 Address-1 A1

VDD5 78 Fixed power source VCC

A0 79 Address-0 A0

D7 80 Data-7 D7

D6 81 Data-6 D6

D5 82 Data-5 D5

D4 83 Data-4 D4

D3 84 Data-3 D3

D2 85 Data-2 D2

D1 86 Data-1 D1

D0 87 Data-0 D0

WR 88 Write WRL OUT

RD 89 Read RD IN

VSS6 90 Fixed power source GND

OUTH 91 OUTH OUTH OUT Always


"H" after
reset

NC2 92 VSS GND IN

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-51

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Table D-8 GA terminals and functions
Terminal Pin Circuit Signal Meaning Meaning
Name No. Description Name Spec. of H of L

GACS 93 GA CS CS_GA IN Not GA


selected selected

PH5/STB1 94 Thermal head strobe-1 TH_STB1 OUT Not Block 1


selected selected

PH4/STB2 95 Thermal head strobe-2 TH_STB2 OUT Not Block 2


selected selected

PH3/DI1 96 Thermal head block-1 DATA TH_D1 OUT Printed Not


printed

PH2/DI2 97 Thermal head block-2 DATA TH_D2 OUT Printed Not


printed

VSS7 98 Fixed power source GND

PH1/SCLK 99 Thermal head SCLK H_SCLK OUT Data


input at
leading
edge

PH0/LAT 100 Thermal head DATA latch TH_LAT OUT Retained Latched

Appendix D-52 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Reset Circuit
Stable operation of the CPU and GA requires a certain reset period immediately after power up.
All operations return to their initial status after the reset operation. The reset IC (U1) on this
printer monitors the logic power source (VCC, Standard output: +5V), and sets the reset signal
to LOW when the VCC is 4.2V or lower. The reset signal is restored from LOW to HIGH 50 ms
after the VCC exceeds 4.2V. The CPU and GA operate normally after reset.

The main specifications of the reset IC are shown below:


Table D-9 Reset IC specifications
Item Min. Typ. Max.

Detection Voltage (V) 4.0 4.2 4.5

Hysteresis Voltage (mV) 30 50 100

Delay Time (ms) 30 50 75

M/R Terminal "H" Voltage (V) 2.0 - -

Reset also can be performed by sending the reset signal from the host interface.

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-53

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
The host interface reset signal (DSR signal and pin 25 input signal) is connected through DSW
2-7 and 2-8. When the reset signal (LOW) is applied here, the printer is reset. In the reset status,
the CPU and GA are initialized, but the power remains on, and this status differs from when the
power is turned on again. It is necessary to keep this in mind. The reset circuit is shown below.

VCC
Q1
1
DA1
3
1 2 U1
2 3 1 5
2 M/R VCC
SUB

1
DAP202 DTA114EK 3 4
GND VOUT

1
C3

2
PST596 0.1uF R2
DSW2-7 10K
DSW2-8

2
RESET

Figure D-49

Appendix D-54 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Slip Mechanism Drive Function


The main functions of the slip mechanism are described below:

Impact head drive

Carriage motor drive

Paper feed motor drive

Lever motor drive

Lever drive

MICR solenoid drive circuit

MICR signal detection circuit

Detection circuits

Impact Head Drive


The impact head drive unit consists of the head solenoid drive and common drive. The head
drive circuit diagram is shown below.

VCC
COMMON (24V)
D6 D7
1
4

QM2 4 1
SHEAD3 3 2 3 4
3
CN28
1
5 1 QM3 2 1 HEAD #3
SHEAD1
2
1

D9 R45 3 HEAD #1
6 1 HH3 1 2 8 9 4 3 HEAD #7
5 4 HEAD #5
5 2 HH1 1 2 R47 6 7 6 5 HEAD COM(3,5,7)
4

QM4 7 6 THERM(10K)
3 2 4 3 HH7 1 2 4 5 8 7 THERM(103HT)
SHEAD7
9 8 HEAD COM(1,2,9)
R48 2 3 10 9 HEAD #9
11 10 HEAD COM(8,4,6)
10

5 1 12 11 HEAD #8
SHEAD5
D10 R52 13 12 HEAD #6
6 1 1 2 QM6 14 13 HEAD #4
HH5
4

QM5 15 14 HEAD #2
EP_B
3 2 5 2 1 2 R54 8 9 16 15 E/P B
SHEAD9 HH9 EP_C
17 16 E/P C
EP_D
4 3 HH8 1 2 6 7 18 17 E/P D
EP_E
19 18 E/P E
EP_F
5 1 R56 4 5 20 19 E/P F
SHEAD8 EP_G
21 20 E/P G
EP_H
2 3 22 21 E/P H
23 22 E/P COM
10

23
4

QM7 D11 R61 24 E/P COM


3 2 6 1 HH6 1 2 25 24 E/P COM
SHEAD6 EP_A
26 25 E/P A
CR_HP
5 2 1 2 27 26 HP_DET
HH4
R63 28 27 CR_DET
5 1 4 3 HH2 1 2 29 28 VCC
SHEAD4
2

Q12 30 29 GND
R65 30 NC
Q13 1
1
3

SHEAD2 2
3

Figure D-50

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-55

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
The SHEAD 1-9 signal lines (LOW active) are on the left side. These signals are directly driven
by the GA (directly connected to GA [U30]). Signals SHEAD 1-9 are input to the head drive
(QM3, 6, Q12: All NPN Darlington transistors) via the print driver (QM2, 4, 5, 7, Q13: All PNP
transistors). The driver is an NPN Darlington transistor. The driver is internally clamped at Vce
= 60V 10V by an internal Zener. The driver performs logical calculation at hgf>1000, providing
adequate flow for one solenoid. To utilize the regenerative current of the head solenoid
effectively, the regenerative current when the GND COMMON is turned off by D6, D7 is
channeled to the solenoid. With this printer, the head drive signal is controlled by the GA, and
at the same time, the COMMON (24V power source voltage side) is chopped, enabling efficient
head drive. The chopping circuit is shown below:
R182
24VB

Q47

ZD1

D47
HEADCOM1
D48 10K

R37 Q7
D6 D7

Q14

Figure D-51

The HEADCOM1 common drive signal driven by GA (U30) drives the Q7 MOSFET. Since it is
necessary to drive Q7 at high speed (100 KHz or less), a speed-up circuit is added (Q47
periphery, pulls out electric gate load of Q7). The operating principle of the speed-up circuit is
not described here. The relationship of the HEADCOM1 signal and SHEAD signals are shown
below. The chopping cycle of the HEADCOM signal differs, depending on the voltage and
temperature, but is virtually the same as the waveform in the diagram.

Solenoid current

S H E A D 1 to 9

HEADCOM 1

Figure D-52

Appendix D-56 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Carriage Motor Drive Circuit


The carriage motor for this printer is a two-phase stepping motor. Constant-current drive is
provided using 2-2 phase excitation as the drive method. Therefore, a dedicated constant-
current drive chopping driver (U14, A2917SEB made by Alegrow) is used.

C34 R78
R81
C36
R83
CR_DA
CR_I20
CR_I21
CR_PH2

24VC CR_A-
CR_A+ CR_A-

C126 U14 CR_A+

28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
PHASE2

SENSE2
E2
VREF2
I21
I20
ENABLE2
RC2

OUT2B

OUT2A
LOAD SPLY
29 17
G G
M
30 16
31 G G 15
32 G G 14
Q18
33 G G 13
24VSW1 34 G G 12
35 G G 11
36 G G 10 CR_B-
G G
LOGIC SPLY

37 9
38 G G 8
ENABLE1

G G
PHASE1

SENSE1
39 7
VREF1

OUT1B

OUT1A
G G CR_B+
RC1

I11
I10

E1
R97
VCC-PWR
40
41
42
43
44
1
2
3
4
5
6

CR_B-
CR_PH1 CR_B+

CR_I11
CR_I10 R99 D14
D18
D15
R100 R101 D19
C47 C46 C48

C45

Figure D-53

Since the driver is of the constant-current type, the motor can be directly driven by setting the
peak current. The peak current is set as described below, using the logical level of terminal I0
and I1.
Table D-10 Logical level of terminal I0, I1 and output current
I0 I1 Output Current

L L VREF / (10 Rs)

H L VREF / (15 Rs)

L H VREF / (30 Rs)

H H 0

At this time, VREF uses the DA output of the CPU (U3), and is set to an arbitrary value (0 - VCC)
by firmware. RS is the resistance value (0.68 ) of R78 and R101. Accordingly, the current to the
motor is calculated by the logic level of I0, I1 (judged by VREF1, 2 terminal voltage).

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-57

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
The drive signal to drive the phases is sent at the logical level of the PHASE1, 2 terminals. The
motor driver cannot operate unless signal 24VSW1 in the circuit diagram is set to HIGH
(controlled by the GA). When this signal is at a status other than HIGH, IC consumption is 0,
and no electricity goes to the motor.

Slip Paper Feed Motor Drive Circuit


The slip paper feed motor is two-phase stepping motor. The driving method is 1-2 phase
excitation during acceleration and deceleration, and constant-current drive is performed with
2-2 phase excitation. Therefore, a dedicated constant-current drive chopping driver (U17,
A2917SEB made by Alegrow) is used.

24VC

1
C49 R102

1
R103 3300pF 1

1
75K 1W

2
C50 R104 1%

2
VCC 24VC 470pF 1 2
1K
PF_I21
2

PF_PH2 PF_A+
R105
68K
1

1%
3 PF_A-
+ 1
Q30 R106 2
-
1

3 2 1 U16A U17
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
PF_HOLD 2 NJM2904M A2917SEB
2

LOAD SPLY
30K
PHASE2

SENSE2
M
ENABLE2
VREF2

OUT2B

OUT2A
E2
I21
I20
RC2
4

1% C53
1 0.1uF 29 17
30 G G 16
DTC114EK 31 G G 15
5 32 G G 14
Q18 G G
+ 7 3 33 13 PF_B-
6 24VSW1 2 34 G G 12
- 35 G SLIP-PF G 11
U16B 36 G G 10
LOGIC SPLY

NJM2904M 1 37 G G 9 PF_B+
G G
ENABLE1

38 8
PHASE1

SENSE1

DTC114EK 39 G G 7
VREF1

OUT1B

OUT1A

G G
2

RC1

R113
I11
I10

E1

3.3K
1

VCC-PWR
40
41
42
43
44
1
2
3
4
5
6

PF_PH1
2

D26
PF_I11 2 EC10QS06
D27
1

R117 EC10QS06
2
P

1 2 D29
1
1

EC10QS06
N
1

C55 1K D30
2

C56 470pF C57 EC10QS06


2

0.1uF R118 3300pF


2

75K R119
1
C54 1W
6.3V 1%
47uF

Figure D-54

The circuit configuration is the same as the carriage motor driver, but the current setting is fixed,
and is changed between two levels by the output (PF_HOLD) of the GA (U30) port. The current
calculation procedure is described below.
Current = VREF/(10 Rs)
RS: 1
VREF: VCC or voltage obtained by voltage division ratio of R105 and R106.
As for the carriage motor drive circuit, the driver IC is operated by setting the 24VSW1 signal
HIGH.

Appendix D-58 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Lever Motor Drive Circuit


This printer has a DC type lever motor for the purpose described below.

Adjustment of paper path changeover timing

Adjustment of shaft rotation position

Rotation of the lever motor starts changeover of the paper path and the platen open/close
operation. An NPN Darlington transistor is used for lever motor drive. Due to the structure of
the lever motor, a brake circuit is not required. The lever motor is driven using the ELV_M1
output signal from the GA.

The lever motor rotates when LEV_M1 = LOW. The motor cannot be driven when the VCC-
PWR is not being supplied. Furthermore, the Q41 NPN Darlington transistor incorporates a CE
Zener to perform kickback protection.
CN30

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
24VC 26
27
LEV_MOT2 28
LEV_MOT1 29
30

VCC-PWR
D32

LEV_M1 D57 R116

Q41
Q39

Figure D-55

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-59

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Lever Drive Circuit
This printer has two levers to drive the mechanism. The lever motor rotation enables lever A
and lever B to function. This controls the mechanism.

Lever A and lever B are solenoids driven by 24V. Simple drive of lever A and lever B is
performed by an NPN Darlington transistor. LEVER1 and LEVER2 are output signals from the
CPU.

Lever A: Driven by a LOW level of the LEVER1 signal

Lever B: Driven by a LOW level of the LEVER2 signal

CN30

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
24VC 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
VCC 18
D17 19
20
Q42 Q53 21
22
Q43 23
24
D44 D21 25
R174 26
LEVER-A
LEVER2 LEVER-B 27
R175 28
29
LEVER1 30
Q54 LEVER

Figure D-56

Appendix D-60 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

MICR Solenoid Drive Circuit (Factory Option)


This printer can have an optional MICR mechanism. MICR reading is performed when a check
is inserted. The MICR solenoid is a locking solenoid that uses a permanent magnet, and
performs the following operations:

During Operation: Driven by 24V, held by permanent magnet

Reset Status: 13V applied in opposite direction of operation, releasing hold status
U15 24VC
C51
13V
O I

G
C52
D54

R213
VCC R214
U29

R107
Q31

Q28
Q32
Q33 D55
R110
R232

Q36 D25

QM8
D31 D28
R111
Q37 D56
R233 R112

CN27
M_SOL1
1
M_SOL2
2

D62
D63
MICR_SOL1
Q57

MICR_SOL2

Figure D-57

To control the MICR solenoid, it is necessary to apply two voltage levels (24V, 13V) in opposite
directions. Therefore, the MICR solenoid has a complicated circuit configuration. The MICR
solenoid is driven by MICR_SOL1 and MICR_SOL2 (output signals from the CPU).
MICR_SOL1 determines the direction in which electricity is sent, and MICR_SOL2 drives the
MICR solenoid. The logic is described in the following table.
Table D-11 MICR_SOL1, 2, and MICR
MICR_SOL1 MICR_SOL2 MICR Solenoid Status

H L Drives MICR solenoid. Pulled to magnet side in this status.

L L Drives MICR solenoid. Status where it attempts to reset.

H H Not driven, regardless of MICR_SOL1 logic.

L H

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-61

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
The MICR solenoid is not driven when MICR_SOL2 is HIGH. MICR_SOL1 is the solenoid drive
signal. This is to prevent a short when the transistors go on at the same time.

The MICR solenoid drive circuit is shown below.

24V 13V

Q32
PNP
3 4 Q28 4 3
PNP
INV
INV

QM8(9)
NPN
3 4 1 2 QM8(7) 2 1 MICR_SOL1
NPN
INV

MICR_SOL2

Figure D-58

MICR reader operating principles


MICR stands for magnetic ink character recognition. Unlike conventional printing ink,
magnetic ink includes iron powder or some other magnetic element, which gives the ink itself
magnetic properties.

Application of a magnetic field on one side of characters printed in magnetic ink on a check
causes the characters to be magnetized, as shown in the illustration below.

S S N
N
S S N
S N S N S
S N
S N S N
S N
N S S N S
S
N
S N
S N N N
S S
N S
S N S N
S N S N
S N

Check paper movement

Figure D-59

Appendix D-62 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

The magnetic reader head recognizes the magnetized characters as shown below.

S S N N S N S N

Figure D-60

The voltage waveform output from the magnetic reader head is different for each character,
making it possible to recognize each individual character.

0 1

Figure D-61

Detection Circuits
This printer has detection circuits for paper and various mechanisms. The detection functions
are described in the table below.
Table D-12 Detection circuits
Type of
Detector Function Sensor Circuit

TOF Slip detection Transparent Voltage drop of load resistor (R69) is read by the AD port of the
photo CPU

BOF Slip detection Transparent Voltage drop of load resistor (R68) is read by the AD port of the
photo CPU

Paper Slip detection Reflective Voltage drop of load resistor (R66) is read by the AD port of the
ejection photo CPU

Validation Slip detection Reflective Voltage drop of load resistor (R68) is read by the AD port of the
photo CPU

Paper Paper roll Reflective Logical judgment of voltage drop of load resistor (R147)
Insertion detection photo

Near Paper Paper roll Microswitch Logical judgment of switch status by the CPU port.
End detection

Voltage Power source Voltage Potential divider ratio of 24V power source voltage 1/7.2 (R71,
voltage potential R76) is read by the AD port of the CPU
divider

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-63

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Table D-12 Detection circuits
Type of
Detector Function Sensor Circuit

Impact Head Head Thermistor VCC potential voltage ratio of thermistor resistance value and
Temperature temperature R72 is read by the AD port of the CPU

Thermal Head Head Thermistor VCC potential voltage ratio of thermistor resistance value and
Temperature temperature R126 is read by the AD port of the CPU

Carriage Mechanism Transparent Base of Q50 is driven by voltage drop of load resistor (R90);
Motor photo phase data with no delay is taken out; and logical judgment is
Step-Out performed by the GA port

Home Mechanism Photo IC Logical judgment of photo IC output is performed by the GA


Position port

Lever Timing Mechanism Photo IC Logical judgment of photo IC output is performed by the GA
Detector port

Front Cover Case Transparent Logical judgment of load resistor (R88) voltage drop is
photo performed by GA port

Rear Cover Case Transparent This signal is used for thermal unit sensor
photo

Rear Cover Case Photo IC Logical judgment of photo IC output is performed by the GA
TM-H6000 port

EP Timing EP unit Tacho-gene Waveform shaping (Q19) of sine wave output, and processing
Pulse by the CPU interrupt port with hysteresis (U28)

EP Reset EP unit Read switch Logical judgment of the GA port with time constant

DIPSW DIPSW Pull-up by resistor group (RM1, 2, 3, 4). "L" is read at On. Logical
judgment is performed by the CPU, GA

Appendix D-64 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Autocutter Drive Circuit


The autocutter is composed of a DC motor. The autocutter is driven by a dedicated DC motor
driver (made by Toshiba TA8428K). The autocutter outputs signals from the GA (U30) and is
controlled by AC_M1 and AC_M2.
CN7
1
2
3
4
CN23
1
2
3
24VB 4
5
D2 C9 R27 6
Q5
AC_M1 7
VM 8
D3 IN1 OUTA 9
AC_M2 IN2 OUTA 10
GND 11
R35 R32 12
VCC
AC_RESET 13
14
R34

R33 C15

Figure D-62 Autocutter Drive Circuit

Table D-14 AC_M1, AC_M2 and Operation


AC_M1 AC_M2 Operation

L L OFF

H L Forward

L H Reverse

H H Brake

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-65

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Input Circuits
Logic Power Source Circuit
The logic power source circuit generates the power for this printer. The CPU, GA, and most
other circuits do not operate if voltage is not output by the logic power source circuit. The
power source circuit has an input of 24V, and uses a dedicated DC/DC converter IC (U11:
PQ1CZ1) to output 5V 4%.
AVCC

VCC
L2 L1
ZD3
D13
U11
1 R82
2 VIN C35
C38 3 VOUT 6
4 COM G
5 ADJ
ON/OFF
PQ1CZ1
R85
C37
24VB

R3

CY1

R253

C155

Figure D-63

Table D-13 Power source specifications


Item Min. Typ. Max. Remarks

Output Voltage (V) 4.85 5.04 5.24

Output Current (A) - - 1.0

Input Voltage (V) 21.6 24 26.4

Over-Current 1.55 2 2.6 L2, D13, C35 not provided. The peak current
Protection (A) is detected, and detected voltage is
lowered. Automatic reset.

Over-Voltage 7.5 CY1 goes On after detection, and R3 burns


Protection (V) out. Does not reset.

The output voltage is determined by the potential division of R82 and R85. In other words, the
circuit operates so that the crossover voltage of R82 and R85 is 1.26 V.

The input voltage of 24V for the power supply circuit is supplied to U11 through the R2 fuse
resistor (KOA RF73B2HTE0.51). R3 may burn out in the event of a malfunction in the U11 area.
R3 will also burn out in the event of excessive VCC voltage (approx. 7.5 V or more). This fuse
resistor cannot be replaced. Therefore, the circuit cannot be repaired by replacing the R3 in the
event it has burned out due to a circuit malfunction.

Appendix D-66 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Rush Current Control Circuit


The rush current control circuit controls rush current when the power source is turned on. This
printer has large-capacity condensers to facilitate stable operation of mechanism drivers and
circuits. Therefore, an excess of rush current is generated when the power is turned on. This
circuit controls the rush current.

An external power supply is connected to the CN18. A switch is connected to CN29. When the
switch is turned ON, the voltage at Q61 Gate-Source is 0 because Q61 is OFF and C605 is not
energized. For that reason, there is no current flowing. After that, the voltage to Gate-Source
gradually rises according to the time constant determined by C605 and R245 to gently raise the
output voltage. This restricts the sudden flow of current to the capacitors.
CN29
1
2 24VB

F1
L3
CN18
C605 R244 Q61
1 C42 C43 C44
2
3 D16 C40
SH
C41 R245

Figure D-64 Rush Current Control Circuit

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-67

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Switch Circuit
The 24V supplied from the external power source is supplied to the required locations in this
circuit. The supply power source and application are described below. The 5V system is
controlled by the same switch.
Table D-14 Switch circuit
Type (circuit Switch
network name) (On/Off) Control Use
24VB OUTH GA (U30) Circuit power for impact head drive, autocutter drive,
MICR reading. ON at power up and cannot be turned
OFF.
24VC 24VSW1 GA (U30) Mechanical power for slip system and journal system.
24V(DM) None None DM power, DK power
VCC None None Starts after power switch is turned ON.
VCC-PWR 24VSW1 GA (U30) 5 V used for slip system and journal system.
VCC_SEN SEN_PWR CPU (U3) Power for paper detection sensor for slip system.

VCC
VCC-PWR2
Q59
2

SEN_PWR
R207 1 6
Q44 VCC-PWR 2 D1 D4 5
1 8 3 D2 D3 4
2 S1 D1 7 VCC_SEN G S
1

G1 D1A
2

3 6 2 1
R208 4 S2 D2A 5
G2 D2 R243
Q60
3
1

2 24VSW1 3
2
CN29
1 SIN2-1 1
1 2 1
2
Q51
2

24VB
Q17 24VA
F1
3 2
2

C42 C43
L3 R96
1

1 2 3 2
1

CN18
2

3 4
2 1
P
2

1 R244 Q61
1
P

P
1

2 D16 C605
1

2
1

3 D1F20 R94
3 4 C40 C44 Q24
N

SH C41
N

N
2

3 D22
1

R245 2 2 1 24VSW2
MIN1

1
2

24VC
Q45 F2
3 2 1 2
2

R176 Q46
1

R177
1 2 3 D45
2 2 1 24VSW1
1

Figure D-65 Switch Circuit

Appendix D-68 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Control Panel Functions


This printer has four LEDs and two input switches.

Display Functions
The LED displays are shown below. The CPU (U3) controls them.
Table D-15 Types of displays
Circuit Signal Color Application

LED_POWER Green Lights during normal operation

LED_ERROR Red Indicates printer error

LED_PAPER Red Indicates printer paper status

LED_SLIP Green Indicates slip selection

The circuit configuration is shown below. All lamps turn on when the signal outputs the HIGH
status.
Q3 R178
LED_SLIP VCC CN6
1
2
3
R179 4
LED_PAPER 5
6
Q4 7
8
R181
LED_ERROR
VCC
Q6

R180 R28 R29

LED_POWER R30 R31


Q58

SW_SLIP

SW_RPT C14
C13

Figure D-66

Types of Switches
The printer has two switches. As shown by the circuit for the display functions in the previous
section, input is enabled by two signals (SW_SLIP, SW_RPT). LOW status is input when the
panel switch is pressed. HIGH is input when the switch is not pressed.

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-69

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Malfunction Protective Circuit
This printer has the following three malfunction protection functions:

GA operation monitor

The CPU (U3) monitors GA clock oscillation. The CPU firmware reads a specific GA register at
an arbitrary time, and compares that value with the value previously read. If the results of the
comparison are different, the system is judged to be operating normally. The GA changes the
register value using clock oscillation. Therefore, if it is operating normally, the register value
continuously changes.

CPU operation monitor

CPU runaway causes a WDT (watch dog timer) overflow, resulting in output of LOW status
from the CPU WDT output terminal. This is connected to the GA TIMI input terminal, and
when the GA detects the LOW status for a certain time, it goes to the reset status and is not
restored.

Mechanism malfunction monitor

When the thermal head becomes abnormally hot, the GA TIMI input terminal goes LOW, and
the GA is reset and is not restored. The firmware judges this as a GA malfunction, and processes
it as an unrecoverable error.

GA TIMI input terminal also goes LOW when the impact head becomes abnormally hot, causing
the GA to go to the reset status, which will not be restored. The firmware judges this as a GA
malfunction, and processes it as an unrecoverable error.

Appendix D-70 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Interfaces
This printer has a variety of interfaces. There is a dedicated connector (CNB) for the EPSON
customer display. A general-purpose drawer can be connected to CN9 and used. The optional
interface board allows communication with more interfaces.

Interface Boards
This printer can accommodate an exchangeable interface board. The following types of interface
boards can be installed. As new interfaces are developed, they may become available for this
printer.

UB-S01 (RS-232C interface)

UB-S02 (RS-485 interface)

UB-P02 (IEEE-1284 interface)

DM
The EPSON DM series customer display can be connected to CN8. However, the DM can only
operate with CN8 when the UB-S01 serial interface is used.

The UB-U01 interface board has a dedicated DM connector that can be used.

DKD
A general-purpose drawer can be used.

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-71

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Important Parts
Fuses
Table D-16 Fuses
Fuse Function Standard

Fuse F1 Main fuse, provided for safety purposes. Fuse may burn out R452003 Littelfuse Inc.
when input circuit is unsafe.
Make sure to use the same type of fuse when it is replaced.
Replace the fuse after eliminating the cause of the burn out.
Burn out may lead to a malfunction.

Fuse F2 Used to protect against unsafe circuit elements. It will burn out in R451002 Littelfuse Inc.
the event of a circuit board problem. The problem cannot be
corrected by replacing the fuse.
It may burn out due to an unsafe 24VC line. Replace the fuse
after eliminating the cause of the burn out. Burn out may lead to
a malfunction.

Fuse F4 Used to protect against unsafe circuit elements. It will burn out in ICP-S1.0 ROHM ELECTRONICS
the event of a circuit board problem. The problem cannot be
corrected by replacing the fuse.
Replace the fuse after eliminating the cause of the burn out.
Burn out may lead to a malfunction.

Fuse F5 Located on power supply line of the interface board R452003 Littelfuse inc

Fuse R3 Used as safety protection for the logic power source circuit. It RF73B2HTD0.51OHMJ KOA Corp.
may burn out due to a logic power circuit problem or excessive
VCC voltage. Replace the fuse after eliminating the cause of
the burn out. Burn out may lead to a malfunction.

Appendix D-72 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

DIP Switch Settings

Serial Interface Specifications


DIP Switch 1
Table D-17 DIP switch 1 settings
Switch No. Function ON OFF

1 Data receive error Ignored "?" printed

2 Receive buffer capacity 45 bytes 4KB

3 Handshake XON/XOFF DTR/DSR

4 Bit length 7 bits 8 bits

5 Parity check Yes No

6 Parity selection Even Odd

7 Baud rate selection See table below

Table D-18 Baud rate selection


Transfer Rate Switch No.

[bps] 7 8

2400 ON ON

4800 OFF ON

9600 ON OFF

19200 OFF OFF

bps: bits per second

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-73

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
DIP Switch 2
Table D-19 DIP switch 2 settings
Switch No. Function ON OFF

1 Handshake operation (BUSY condition) Receive buffer full Offline or receive buffer full

2 Customer display (DM-D) connection Connected Not connected

3 Printing line count selection Multi Standard

4 TM-U375 print width compatibility mode Compatible Not compatible

5 Used internally - Fixed to OFF

6 Used internally - Fixed to OFF

7 Pin 6 reset signal Enabled Disabled

8 Pin 25 reset signal Enabled Disabled

Table D-20 TM-U375 print width compatibility mode settings


SW2-4 SW2-3 Font/Character Dot Spacing Printing Line Count Total No. of Dots

ON OFF 5 x 9/1 dot 33 lines 400 half dots

7 x 9/3 half dots 40 lines

ON 5 x 9/1 half dots 35 lines 385 half dots

7 x 9/2 half dots 42 lines

Appendix D-74 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Parallel Interface Specifications


DIP Switch 1
Table D-21 DIP switch 1 settings
Switch No. Function ON OFF

1 Auto carriage return Enabled Disabled

2 Reception buffer capacity 45 bytes 4KB

3 Reserved - Fixed to OFF

4 Reserved - Fixed to OFF

5 Reserved - Fixed to OFF

6 Reserved - Fixed to OFF

7 Reserved - Fixed to OFF

8 Reserved - Fixed to OFF

DIP Switch 2
Table D-22 DIP switch 2 settings
Switch No. Function ON OFF

1 Handshake operation (BUSY condition) Receive buffer full Offline or receive buffer
full

2 Not used (DM-D connection) - Fixed to OFF

3 Printing line count selection Multi Standard

4 TM-U375 print width compatibility mode Compatible Not compatible

5 Used internally - Fixed to OFF

6 Used internally - Fixed to OFF

7 Reserved (dedicated serial I/F) - Fixed to OFF

8 #31 pin reset signal Fixed to ON -

Table D-23 TM-U375 print width compatibility mode settings


SW2-4 SW2-3 Font/Character Dot Spacing Printing Line Count Total No. of Dots

ON OFF 5 x 9/1 dot 33 lines 400 half dots

7 x 9/3 half dots 40 lines

ON 5 x 9/1 half dots 35 lines 385 half dots

5 x 9/2 half dots 42 lines

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-75

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Outline of Specifications

Features
This product was designed as a high-performance POS printer where one unit can handle
printing slips, validations, and journals (journals and receipts using pressure-sensitive paper)
and to be highly reliable, durable, and long-lasting. The main features are listed below.

Minimum line logic-seeking controls for high-speed printing.

When combined with MICR (factory option), MICR reading + check table printing
(single-pass high-speed processing) are possible.

Quiet printing (impact-type industry's top-class quiet printing).

Sheets can be inserted in two ways: when using validation paper, use the drop-in
method by inserting from the top; when using slip paper, insert from the front.

A mechanical form stopper stabilizes slip sheet insertion.

Page mode allows printing of any font.

Many types of check printing are possible.

Has highly operable roll paper, easy loading of roll paper, and one-touch T/U paper
take-up.

Using the packaged attachment provides the use of two types of paper width.

The autocutter makes operation easy.

Two system drawer drive is available.

Commands allow you to select character sizes (7 x 9 fonts and 5 x 9 fonts).



Commands conform to ESC/POS.

Printer status is automatically transmitted using the installed ASB (automatic status
back) function.

Supports many I/F specifications (RS-232/bidirectional parallel).

Appendix D-76 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Printer Unit
Printing Specifications
Printing method Serial impact dot matrix

Head wire arrangement 9 x 1 row, wire pitch of approx. 0.353 mm {1/72 inch}

Printing direction Bidirectional printing at shortest distance

Print speed Approx. 5.14 lps (for 40 columns, 17.8 cpi, printing on roll
paper)

[lps: lines per second]


[cpi: characters per 25.4 mm (characters per inch) ]

Paper Specifications
Inch values are approximate.

Roll paper
Paper type Plain paper, pressure-sensitive paper

Paper dimensions Paper width 82.5 mm 0.5 mm or 76 mm 0.5 mm {3.25 0.02 or


2.99 0.02}
External diameter Max. 60 mm {2.36} for 1 ply paper and journal
paper only
Max. 89 mm {3.5} for receipt paper only
Max. 83 mm {3.27} for 2-ply paper and 3-ply
paper only (However, always take up the last
sheet.)
Core Min. 10 mm {0.39} for inner diameter
Table D-26 Paper thickness
Type Paper Thickness

Regular Paper 0.06 mm0.085 mm

Multi-ply paper Per sheet 0.05 mm0.08 mm

Total thickness Max. 0.2 mm

Number of pieces Max. 3 pieces (1 original + 2 copies)

Single-sheet paper: slip/validation paper


Paper type Regular paper, pressure-sensitive, carbonless copy paper

Paper dimensions Slip 70148 mm (width) 150210 mm (length)


{0.39 - 5.83 (width) 5.91 - 8.27 (length)}
Validation 148150 mm (width) 70210 mm (length)
{5.83 - 5.91 (width) 0.39 - 8.27 (length)}

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-77

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
1 sheet (no copies)

Paper thickness

Pressure-sensitive paper (with pressure-sensitive paper, use a maximum of 4 sheets


including roll paper).
Table D-27 Thickness of transfer paper
Type Paper Thickness

Base paper 0.07 mm0.12 mm

Copy paper and original 0.04 mm0.07 mm


paper

Thermal transfer carbon Approximately 0.035 mm


Paper

Total thickness 0.09 mm0.31 mm (includes paper thickness of roll paper.)

The following table shows the copying capacity. Ambient temperature influences copying
capacity, so use this printer within the guaranteed temperatures in the table.
Table D-28 Copying capacity
Copy Page Count Guaranteed Temperatures

Original + 2 Copies 10C40C {50F - 104F}

Original + 1 Copies 5C45C {41F - 113F}

Ribbon Cassette
Use the following dedicated ribbon cassette.
Table D-29 Dedicated ribbon cassette
Type Color Ribbon Life

ERC-32 (P) Purple 6 million characters (25C {77F}, continuous printing)

ERC-32 (B) Black 4 million characters (25C {77F}, continuous printing)

MICR Reader (Factory Option)


Reading Method
Permanent magnet recognition

Recognition Ratio
98% or more (at 25C {77F})

Standard evaluation checks made by EPSON were used for testing purposes.

Checks should be free of curls, bends, wrinkles, etc.

Autocutter
Partial cut: Cutting with one point left uncut.

Appendix D-78 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Overall Specifications
Internal Buffer
Table D-30 Internal buffer capacity
Buffer Capacity

Receive buffer 45 bytes or 4KB, selected by DIP switch

Communication baud rate 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 bps

NV bit image storage area 384KB

User NV memory 1KB

bps: bits per second

Electrical Specifications
Operating voltage +24 VDC 10%

Current consumption (at 24V, excluding drawer kick drive)


Table D-31 Current consumption
Mode Current Consumption

Operation Average: Approx. 1.8 A

Peak: Approx. 5.5 A

Standby Average: Approx. 0.2 A

Environmental Specifications
Temperature Operating: 5 45C {41 - 113F}
Storage: -10 50C {14 - 122F} (excluding paper, ribbon)

Humidity Operating: 10 90% RH (without condensation)


Storage: 10 90% RH (without condensation)
(excluding paper, ribbon)

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-79

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Interface Features
RS-232C Serial Interface
Table D-36 RS-232C serial interface specifications
Item Specifications

Data transfer method Serial

Synchronization Asynchronous

Handshake DTR/DSR or XON/XOFF control

Signal level MARK: - 3V - 15 V, Logic "1"


SPACE: + 3V + 15 V, Logic "0"

Stop bit 1 bit fixed

Printer connector D-SUB25 (female) connector

Refer to DIP switches for data bit length, baud rate, and parity settings.

Bidirectional Parallel Interface (IEEE-1284)


The interface is Centronics compatible and meets the specifications for IEEE-1284 bidirectional
communications.
Table D-37 Bidirectional parallel interface specifications
Item Specifications

Data transfer method 8 bit parallel

Synchronization By externally supplied Strobe signal

Handshake By Ack signal and Busy signal

Signal Level All signals are TTL compatible

Connector ADS-B36BLFDR176 (Honda Tsushin Kogyo) or equivalent


(IEEE1284 Type B)

Appendix D-80 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

RS-485 Serial Interface


Table D-38 RS-485 serial interface specifications
Item Specifications

Data transfer method Serial

Synchronization Asynchronous

Handshake DTR/DSR or XON/XOFF control

Signal level 2.5V 5 V: Logic "1"


0.0V 0.8 V: Logic "0"

Baud rate 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 bps

Parity None, even, odd

Stop bit 1 bit or more

Connector D-SUB25 (female)

bps: bits per second

Handshake, bit length, baud rate, and parity are set by the DIP switches.

The data stop bit is fixed at 1 bit.

Rev.D Product Overview Appendix D-81

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

Appendix D-82 Product Overview Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix E
Parts List
Note:
The assist frame sub assembly is not included in the mechanism assembly supplied as a service part.
For that reason, when replacing the mechanism assembly, replace it after attaching the assist frame sub
assembly to it. (See page 2-87.)

Alphanumeric List
name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

76 mm kit 76MM KIT 1 F-1 161

Assist frame sub assembly ASSIST FRAME SUB ASSY 1 F-3,4 166

Assist paper guide PAPER GUIDE,ASSIST 1 F-8 664

Assist paper guide spring SPRING,ASSIST PAPER GUIDE 1 F-8 653

Autocutter cable assembly CABLE ASSY,A/C 1 F-2 209

Autocutter deceleration gear GEAR,DETECTION A/C 1 F-2 182

Autocutter deceleration shaft SHAFT,DETECTION GEAR A/C 1 F-2 183

Back case CASE,BACK,AA 1 F-1 129

Back frame FRAME,BACK,A 1 F-2 167

Backup paper guide cap CAP,BACK-UP PAPER GUIDE 1 F-8 678

Belt drive cap CAP,BELT DRIVE 2 F-7 603

Belt plate PLATE,BELT 1 F-3,4 684

Belt tension spring SPRING,BELT TENSION 1 F-7 630

Break cap CAP,BREAK,A 1 F-2 168

Break plate sub assembly PLATE,BREAK SUB ASSY,A 1 F-2 174

Break spring SPRING,BREAK,A 1 F-2 171

Carriage assembly CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY 1 F-7 709

Carriage belt BELT,CARRIAGE 1 F-7 629

Carriage cover frame assembly FRAME,CARRIAGE COVER ASSEMBLY 1 F-3,4 713

Carriage drive pulley PULLEY,CARRIAGE DRIVE 1 F-7 633

Carriage drive transmission gear GEAR,CARRIAGE DRIVE TRANSMISSION 1 F-7 634

Carriage guide shaft SHAFT,CARRIAGE GUIDE 1 F-7 631

Carriage motor MOTOR,CARRIAGE 1 F-7 733

Carriage spring SPRING,CARRIAGE 1 F-7 611

Carriage transmission pulley PULLEY,CARRIAGE TRANSMISSION 1 F-7 632

Caution seal SEAL,CAUTION 1 F-1 122

Rev.D Parts List Appendix E-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Circuit board FFC FFC,CIRCUIT BOARD 2 F-1 206

Clamp CLAMP 1 F-1 110

Clutch washer WASHER,CLUTCH 1 F-2 185

Connector plate (type AA) PLATE,CONNECTOR,AA 1 F-1 123

Control panel cable CABLE,SWITCH PANEL 1 F-1 207

Control panel circuit board assembly SWITCH PANEL CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 204

Control panel label LABEL,SWITCH PANEL,AA 1 F-1 157

Control panel unit SWITCH PANEL UNIT,AA 1 F-1 134

Cover frame sub assembly FRAME,COVER SUB ASSY,A 1 F-2 175

Cover ground plate PLATE,COVER GROUND 1 F-8 676

Crank shaft holder CRANK SHAFT HOLDER 6 F-5,6,8 730

C-ring (5103-21) C-RING,5103-21 2 F-8 772

Cutter clutch spring SPRING,CUTTER CLUTCH 1 F-2 186

Cutter cover sub assembly COVER,CUTTER SUB ASSY 1 F-2 188

Cutter drive gear assembly GEAR,CUTTER DRIVE ASSY 1 F-2 189

Cutter frame sub unit FRAME,CUTTER SUB UNIT 1 F-2 179

Cutter lead wire assembly LEAD WIRE,CUTTER ASSY,AA 1 F-2 192

Cutter motor assembly MOTOR,CUTTER ASSY 1 F-2 191

Cutter plate cover COVER,CUTTER PLATE,AB 1 F-2 165

Cutter worm gear GEAR,CUTTER WORM 1 F-2 184

Drive lever coil cover COVER,DRIVE LEVER COIL 1 F-5,6 671

Endorsement platen shutter SHUTTER,ENDORSEMENT PLATEN 1 F-5,6 680

E-ring (1.2) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(1.2) F/UC - F-9 778

E-ring (1.5) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(1.5) - F-5,6,8 719

E-ring (2) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(2) F/UC - F-1 105

E-ring (2) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(2) F/UC - F-7,8 720

E-ring (2.3) RETAINING RING TYPE-E (2.3) F/UC - F-3,4,5,6,8 724

E-ring (2.5) RETAINING RING, TYPE-E(2.5) - F-2 180

E-ring (3) RETAINING RING, TYPE-E(3) - F-2 163

E-ring (3) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(3)F/UC - F-3,4,5,6,8 721

E-ring (4) RETAINING RING, TYPE-E(4) - F-2 164

E-ring (4) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(4) F/UC - F-8 722

E-ring (5) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(5) F/UC - F-5,6,7 723

Ferrite core Ferrite core 1 2-118,F-2 195

Form stopper FORM STOPPER 1 F-5,6 618

Form stopper shaft SHAFT,FORM STOPPER 1 F-5,6 619

Appendix E-2 Parts List Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Form stopper spring SPRING,FORM STOPPER 1 F-5,6 620

Front case CASE,FRONT,AA 1 F-1 130

Front cover detector assembly FRONT COVER DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-3,4 691

Front frame FRAME,FRONT 1 F-5,6 613

Front reinforcement frame FRAME,FRONT REINFORCE 1 F-5,6 612

Front seal SEAL,FRONT,AA 1 F-1 148

Front sound absorption material SOUND ABSORPTION MATERIAL,FRONT 2 F-1 144

Gear train cover COVER,GEAR TRAIN 1 F-7 768

Ground wire assembly EARTH WIRE ASSY,F 1 F-2 208

Guide roller shaft SHAFT,GUIDE ROLLER 1 F-8 641

H.P. detector assembly H.P.DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-7 707

Head caution seal SEAL,CAUTION,HEAD B 1 F-1 162

Head seal SEAL,HEAD 1 F-7 795

Hexagon lock screw (inch type) HEXAGON LOCK SCREW 2 F-1 155

Hexagon nut H.N.-1,3,F/ZN - F-1 120

Holder plate (type A) PLATE,HOLDER,A 1 F-1 141

Holder plate (type B) PLATE,HOLDER,B 1 F-1 160

Holder spring SPRING,HOLDER,A 1 F-1 142

IC cover IC COVER 1 F-1 111

Intermediate cable (type A) CABLE,INTERMEDIATE,A 1 F-7 734

Intermediate cable (type B) CABLE,INTERMEDIATE,B 1 F-7 735

Intermediate cable (type C) CABLE,INTERMEDIATE,C 1 F-7 736

Intermediate cable tube TUBE,CABLE INTERMEDIATE 1 F-7 771

Intermediate circuit board assembly INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY 1 F-7 708

Intermediate circuit board cover COVER,INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT BOARD 1 F-7 769

J/S change gear J/S CHANGE GEAR 1 F-3,4 728

J/S change lever LEVER,J/S CHANGE 1 F-3,4 650

J/S change solenoid J/S CHANG SOLENOID 1 F-3,4 727

J/S change spring SPRING,J/S CHANGE 1 F-3,4 651

J/S solenoid mounting plate MOUNTING PLATE,J/S SOLENOID 1 F-3,4 774

Lead wire (type A) LEAD WIRE,A 1 F-5,6 740

Lead wire (type B) LEAD WIRE,B 1 F-5,6 741

Lead wire (type C) LEAD WIRE,C 1 F-5,6 742

Lead wire (type D) LEAD WIRE,D 1 F-5,6 743

Lead wire (type E) LEAD WIRE,E 1 F-5,6 744

Lead wire (type F) LEAD WIRE,F 1 F-5,6 745

Rev.D Parts List Appendix E-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Lead wire (type G) LEAD WIRE,G 1 F-5,6 746

Lead wire (type H) LEAD WIRE,H 1 F-5,6 747

Lead wire (type I) LEAD WIRE,I 1 F-5,6 748

Lead wire (type J) LEAD WIRE,J 1 F-5,6 749

Lead wire (type K) LEAD WIRE,K 1 F-5,6 750

Lead wire (type L) LEAD WIRE,L 1 F-7 751

Lead wire (type M) LEAD WIRE,M 1 F-7 752

Lead wire (type N) LEAD WIRE,N 1 F-7 753

Lead wire (type O) LEAD WIRE,O 1 F-8 754

Lead wire (type P) LEAD WIRE,P 1 F-8 755

Lead wire (type Q) LEAD WIRE,Q 1 F-8 756

Lead wire (type R) LEAD WIRE,R 1 F-5,6 757

Lead wire (type S) LEAD WIRE,S 1 F-5,6 758

Lead wire (type T) LEAD WIRE,T 1 F-5,6 759

Lead wire (type U) LEAD WIRE,U 1 F-3,4 760

Lead wire (type V) LEAD WIRE,V 1 F-3,4 761

Lead wire (type W) LEAD WIRE,W 1 F-3,4 762

Lead wire (type X) LEAD WIRE,X 1 F-3,4 763

Lead wire (type Y) LEAD WIRE,Y 1 F-3,4 764

Lead wire (type Z) LEAD WIRE,Z 1 F-3,4 765

Left cover plate sub assembly PLATE,COVER SUB ASSY,L 1 F-2 177

Left hook button BUTTON,HOOK,L 1 F-2 169

Left hook spring SPRING,HOOK,L 1 F-2 173

Left platen lever shaft SHAFT,PLATEN LEVER,L 1 F-8 626

Lever coil mounting plate sub assembly MOUNTING PLATE,LEVER COIL SUB 1 F-5,6 695
ASSEMBLY

Lever drive coil (type A) COIL,LEVER DRIVE,A 1 F-5,6 621

Lever drive coil (type B) COIL,LEVER DRIVE,B 1 F-5,6 622

Lever drive motor assembly MOTOR,LEVER DRIVE ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 686

Lever drive motor detector plate DETECTOR PLATE,LEVER DRIVE MOTOR 1 F-5,6 614

Lever drive shaft assembly LEVER DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 693

Lever drive shaft gear GEAR,LEVER DRIVE SHAFT 1 F-5,6 617

Lever drive transmission gear GEAR,LEVER DRIVE TRANSMISSION 1 F-3,4 616

Lever motor reduction gear GEAR,LEVER MOTOR REDUCTION 1 F-5,6 615

Lever motor T.P. detector assembly LEVER MOTER T.P. DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 704

Lower case CASE,LOWER,AA 1 F-1 127

Lower plate PLATE,LOWER,A 1 F-1 136

Appendix E-4 Parts List Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Main circuit board (type AB) assembly MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD,AB ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 705

Main circuit board unit (with MICR) MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT 1 F-1 201

Main circuit board unit (without MICR) MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT 1 F-1 201

Main plate sub assembly PLATE,MAIN,SUBU ASSEMBLY,A 1 F-1 133

Mechanism assembly (with MICR) MECHANISM ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 600

Mechanism assembly (without MICR) MECHANISM ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 600

Metallic insulator spacer INSULATOR SPACER 2 F-1 114

MICR assembly ASSEMBLY,MICR 1 F-9 782

MICR case CASE,MICR 1 F-9 783

MICR connector assembly CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY,MICR 1 F-9 786

MICR fixing MICR FIXING 1 F-9 788

MICR fixing sheet SHEET,MICR FIXING 1 F-9 791

MICR frame assembly FRAME,MICR ASSEMBLY 1 F-9 792

MICR lever LEVER,MICR 1 F-9 787

MICR lever fixing plate FIXING PLATE,MICR LEVER 1 F-9 784

MICR lever guide shaft SHAFT,MICR LEVER GUIDE 2 F-9 796

MICR lever spring SPRING,MICR LEVER 1 F-9 790

MICR roller shaft SHAFT,MICR ROLLER 2 F-9 777

MICR shield cover (type A) COVER,MICR SHIELD,A 1 F-9 785

MICR shutter SHUTTER,MICR 1 F-5 679

MICR solenoid SOLENOID,MICR 1 F-9 789

Micro switch MICROSWITCH 1 F-1 119

Motor shield case CASE,MOTOR SHIELD 1 F-4 780

Motor shield cover COVER,MOTOR SHIELD 1 F-4 781

Motor shield spacer SPACER,MOTOR SHIELD 1 F-4 779

N.E. detector adjustment screw SCREW,DETECTOR ADJUSTMENT,N.E 1 F-1 125

N.E. detector assembly lead wire LEAD WIRE N.E.DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 205

N.E. detector holder HOLDER,N.E.DETECTOR 1 F-1 116

N.E. detector lever LEVER,N.E.DETECTOR 1 F-1 117

N.E. detector spacer SPACER,N.E.DETECTOR 1 F-1 121

Nose guide GUIDE,NOSE 1 F-7 623

Nylon clip NYLON CLIP 1 F-3,4 607

Nylon lock nut NYLON LOCK NUT M3 - F-8 718

Oil ring OIL RING 2 F-7 605

Operation label (type BA) LABEL,OPERATION,BA 1 F-1 140

Operation label (type DA) LABEL,OPERATION,DA 1 F-1 149

Rev.D Parts List Appendix E-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Operation label (type EA) LABEL,OPERATION,EA 1 F-1 158

Operation label (type FA) LABEL,OPERATION,FA 1 F-1 139

Paper ejection detector assembly PAPER EJECTION DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-3,4 690

Paper ejection detector cable (type A) CABLE ASSEMBLY,PAPER EJECTION 1 F-5,6 737
assembly DETECTOR,A

Paper ejection detector cable (type B) CABLE ASSEMBLY,PAPER EJECTION 1 F-3,4 738
assembly DETECTOR,B

Paper ejection detector holder HOLDER,PAPER EJECTION DETECTOR 1 F-3,4 635

Paper end detector assembly PAPER END DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-8 710

Paper feed frame assembly PAPER FEED FRAME ASSEMBLY 1 F-8 698

Paper feed frame cover COVER,PAPER FEED FRAME 1 F-8 669

Paper feed frame fixing L lever (type A) LEVER,PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING L,A 1 F-8 701
assembly ASSEMBLY

Paper feed frame fixing lever spring (type SPRING,PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING 2 F-8 655
A) LEVER,A

Paper feed frame fixing R lever (type A) LEVER,PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING R,A 1 F-8 702
assembly ASSEMBLY

Paper feed frame shaft SHAFT,PAPER FEED FRAME 1 F-3,4 643

Paper feed frame stopper STOPPER,PAPER FEED FRAME 1 F-3,4 677

Paper feed gear GEAR,PAPER FEED 4 F-8 648

Paper feed motor MOTOR,PAPER FEED 1 F-3,4 739

Paper feed reduction gear PAPER FEED REDUCTION GEAR 2 F-3,4 729

Paper feed roller ROLLER,PAPER FEED 1 F-8 666

Paper feed roller spring SPRING,PAPER FEED ROLLER 2 F-8 654

Paper feed transmission gear GEAR,PAPER FEED TRANSMISSION 1 F-5,6 637

Paper feed trigger attraction plate PAPER FEED TRIGGER ATTRACTIVE PLATE 2 F-5,6 732

Paper feed trigger claw spring PAPER FEED TRIGGER CROW SPRING 3 2 F-5,6 731

Paper guide lever LEVER,PAPER GUIDE 1 F-8 658

Paper guide lever shaft SHAFT,PAPER GUIDE LEVER 1 F-8 639

Paper guide lever spring SPRING,PAPER GUIDE LEVER 2 F-8 652

Paper hold roller ROLLER,PAPER HOLD 1 F-8 665

Paper hold roller shaft SHAFT,PAPER HOLD ROLLER 1 F-8 642

Paper release lever LEVER,PAPER RELEASE 1 F-8 657

Paper take-up belt PAPER TAKE UP BELT 1 F-1 153

Parallel I/F circuit board unit PARALLEL I/F CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT 1 F-1 202

Parallel pin (1.6X10) PP-A,1.6X10,S/NA 3 F-8 602

Plain washer (3X0.5X7) PLAIN WASHER, M3X0.5X7 F/NI 1 F-2 193

Plain washer (4.2X1X12) PLAIN WASHER,4.2X1X12,F/ZN 2 F-1 112

Appendix E-6 Parts List Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Platen adjustment screw SCREW,PLATEN ADJUSTMENT 2 F-8 685

Platen assembly PLATEN ASSEMBLY 1 F-8 711

Platen ground plate (type A) PLATE,PLATEN GROUND,A 1 F-8 674

Platen ground plate (type B) PLATE,PLATEN GROUND,B 1 F-8 675

Platen lever assembly LEVER,PLATEN ASSEMBLY 1 F-8 624

Platen lever drive cam CAM,PLATEN LEVER DRIVE 1 F-3,4 628

Platen lever spring SPRING,PLATEN LEVER 1 F-8 625

Platen spring SPRING,PLATEN 2 F-8 604

Power switch cable assembly POWER SWITCH CABLE SET,AA 1 F-1 203

Power switch cover COVER,POWER SWITCH,BA 1 F-1 156

Print head unit (Eb) PRINT HEAD UNIT EB 1 F-7 689

R cover detector cap CAP,R COVER DETECTOR 1 F-3,4 636

Rear cover detector assembly REAR COVER DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-3,4 692

Release lever shaft SHAFT,RELEASE LEVER 1 F-8 638

Ribbon cassette cover COVER,RIBBON CASSETTE,AA 1 F-1 131

Ribbon drive plate assembly RIBBON DRIVE PLATE ASSEMBLY 1 F-7 706

Ribbon feed spring RIBBON FEED SPRING 1 F-7 601

Ribbon intermediate gear GEAR,RIBBON INTERMEDIATE 1 F-7 683

Ribbon reduction gear GEAR,RIBBON REDUCTION 1 F-7 682

Ribbon take-up gear assembly GEAR,RIBBON TAKE-UP ASSEMBLY 1 F-7 712

Right cover plate sub assembly PLATE,COVER SUB ASSY,R 1 F-2 176

Right hook button BUTTON,HOOK,R 1 F-2 170

Right hook spring SPRING,HOOK,R 1 F-2 172

Right platen lever shaft SHAFT,PLATEN LEVER,R 1 F-8 627

Roll paper cover COVER,ROLL PAPER,BA 1 F-1 132

Roll paper guide GUIDE,ROLL PAPER 1 F-1 159

Roll paper holder HOLDER,ROLL PAPER,A 1 F-1 143

Roll paper receive roller ROLL PAPER RECEIVE ROLLER 3 F-1 154

RS-232 I/F circuit board unit RS-232 I/F CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT 1 F-1 202

Rubber foot RUBBER FOOT 3 F-1 124

Rubber insulator spacer SPACER,INSULATOR 2 F-1 113

Screw (C.B., 2.6X4) C.B.,2.6X4,F/ZN - F-5,6 773

Screw (C.B., 2X2.5) C.B. SCREW, 2X2.5,F/ZN - F-2 181

Screw (C.B.B-tite, 2X8) C.B.B-TITE,2X8,F/ZN - F-1 118

Screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X12) C.B.B.SCREW,4X12,F/ZN - F-1 108

Screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X25) C.B.B.SCREW,4X25 F/ZN - F-1 109

Rev.D Parts List Appendix E-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6) C.B.P-TITE SCREW,3X6,F/ZN - F-3,4,5,6,8 609

Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3x8) C.B.P-TITE,3x8,F/ZN - F-1 101

Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8) C.B.P-TITE SCREW,3X8,F/ZN - F-5,6 776

Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4) C.B.S-TITE F,3X4,F/ZN - F-1,2 102

Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4) C.B.S-TITE F,3X4,F/ZN - F-2 178

Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4) C.B.S-TITE F,3X4,F/ZN - F-3,4 714

Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6) C.B.S-TITEF,3X6,F/ZN - F-1 106

Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6) C.B.S-TITEF,3X6,F/ZN - F-3,4,5,6,7 726

Screw (C.C., 2X3) C.C.2X3,F/ZN - F-3,4 716

Screw (C.C., 3X5) C.C.SCREW,3X5,F/ZN - F-3,4 717

Screw (C.C., 4X20) C.C.SCREW,4X20,F/ZN - F-1 104

Screw (C.C.S-tite, 2.5X5) C.C.S-TITE SCREW,2.5*5,F/ZN - F-3,4,5,6 725

Screw (C.P.(S), 2.6X8) C.P.(S)SCREW,2.6X8.F/ZN - F-9 794

Screw (C.P.(S-P2), 2.5X5) C.P.(S-P2),2.5X5,F/Zn - F-9 793

Screw (C.P.P-tite, 3X12) C.P.P-TITE SCREW,3X12,F/ZN - F-7 608

Screw (C.P.S-tite F, 3X5) C.P.S-TITE F,3X5,F/ZN - F-3,4 715

Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6) C.P.S-TITE.(0),3X6,F/ZN - F-1,2 107

Screw (C.P.S-tite(P4), 3x6) C.P.S-TITE(P4),3X6,F/ZN - F-7 775

Screw (C.P.S-tite, 3X6) C.P.S-TITE SCREW,3X6,F/ZN - F-1 155

Screw (C.P.T-B, 3X10) C.P.T-B SCREW,3X10,F/ZN - F-1,2 103

Slip B.O.F. detector assembly SLIP B.O.F. DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 696

Slip drive gear GEAR,SLIP DRIVE 4 F-3,4,5,6,8 649

Slip feed roller ROLLER,SLIP FEED 1 F-8 668

Slip feed roller holder HOLDER,SLIP FEED ROLLER 1 F-8 659

Slip feed roller shaft holder SHAFT HOLDER,SLIP FEED ROLLER 4 F-3,4,5,6 610

Slip guide lower frame (type B) FRAME,SLIP GUID LOWER,B 1 F-5 662

Slip guide lower frame assembly (type B) FRAME,SLIP GUID LOWER,B ASSEMBLY 1 F-6 662

Slip guide upper frame FRAME,SLIP GUID UPPER 1 F-5,6 661

Slip hold roller shaft SHAFT,SLIP HOLD ROLLER 1 F-3,4 645

Slip hold roller sleeve SLEEVE,SLIP HOLD ROLLER 1 F-3,4 766

Slip hold roller spring SPRING,SLIP HOLD ROLLER 1 F-3,4 767

Slip insertion detector holder HOLDER,SLIP INSERT DETECTOR 1 F-5,6 606

Slip paper guide PAPER GUIDE,SLIP 1 F-8 670

Slip T.O.F. detector assembly SLIP T.O.F. DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 703

Slip transmission gear GEAR,SLIP TRANSMISSION 3 F-3,4 647

Strengthening plate PLATE,STRENGTHEN,B 1 F-1 135

Appendix E-8 Parts List Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Sub paper feed roller assembly ROLLER,SUB PAPER FEED ASSEMBLY 1 F-8 699

Sub paper hold roller ROLLER,SUB PAPER HOLD 3 F-8 663

Sub paper hold roller shaft SHAFT,SUB PAPER HOLD ROLLER 1 F-8 640

Sub slip feed lever shaft SHAFT,SUB SLIP FEED LEVER 1 F-5,6 644

Sub slip feed lever spring SPRING,SUB SLIP FEED LEVER 1 F-5,6 656

Sub slip feed lever sub assembly LEVER,SUB SLIP FEED SUB ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 687

Sub slip feed roller assembly ROLLER,SUB SLIP FEED ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 694

Sub slip feed roller holder HOLDER,SUB SLIP FEED ROLLER 1 F-5,6 660

Sub slip hold roller ROLLER,SUB SLIP HOLD 1 F-5,6 667

Sub slip hold sleeve SLEEVE,SUB SLIP HOLD 2 F-5,6 770

Support plate PLATE,SUPPORT,A 1 F-1 137

Switch screw SCREW,SWITCH,1 1 F-2 187

Table holder HOLDER,TABLE,A 1 F-1 138

Take-up assembly TAKE-UP ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 126

Take-up drive gear GEAR,TAKE-UP DRIVE 1 F-3,4 646

Take-up frame assembly FRAME,TAKE-UP ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 147

Take-up gear GEAR,TAKE-UP 1 F-1 146

Take-up pulley TAKE UP PULLEY 1 F-1 152

Take-up spring TAKE UP SPRING 1 F-1 151

Upper case CASE,UPPER,AA 1 F-1 128

Validation detector assembly VALIDATION DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 697

Validation stopper STOPPER,VALIDATION 1 F-5,6 672

Validation stopper spring SPRING,VALIDATION STOPPER 1 F-5,6 673

Rev.D Parts List Appendix E-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Reference Number List
name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3x8) C.B.P-TITE,3x8,F/ZN - F-1 101

Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4) C.B.S-TITE F,3X4,F/ZN - F-1,2 102

Screw (C.P.T-B, 3X10) C.P.T-B SCREW,3X10,F/ZN - F-1,2 103

Screw (C.C., 4X20) C.C.SCREW,4X20,F/ZN - F-1 104

E-ring (2) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(2) F/UC - F-1 105

Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6) C.B.S-TITEF,3X6,F/ZN - F-1 106

Screw (C.P.S-tite(0), 3X6) C.P.S-TITE.(0),3X6,F/ZN - F-1,2 107

Screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X12) C.B.B.SCREW,4X12,F/ZN - F-1 108

Screw (C.B.B-tite, 4X25) C.B.B.SCREW,4X25 F/ZN - F-1 109

Clamp CLAMP 1 F-1 110

IC cover IC COVER 1 F-1 111

Plain washer (4.2X1X12) PLAIN WASHER,4.2X1X12,F/ZN 2 F-1 112

Rubber insulator spacer SPACER,INSULATOR 2 F-1 113

Metallic insulator spacer INSULATOR SPACER 2 F-1 114

N.E. detector holder HOLDER,N.E.DETECTOR 1 F-1 116

N.E. detector lever LEVER,N.E.DETECTOR 1 F-1 117

Screw (C.B.B-tite, 2X8) C.B.B-TITE,2X8,F/ZN - F-1 118

Micro switch MICROSWITCH 1 F-1 119

Hexagon nut H.N.-1,3,F/ZN - F-1 120

N.E. detector spacer SPACER,N.E.DETECTOR 1 F-1 121

Caution seal SEAL,CAUTION 1 F-1 122

Connector plate (type AA) PLATE,CONNECTOR,AA 1 F-1 123

Rubber foot RUBBER FOOT 3 F-1 124

N.E. detector adjustment screw SCREW,DETECTOR ADJUSTMENT,N.E 1 F-1 125

Take-up assembly TAKE-UP ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 126

Lower case CASE,LOWER,AA 1 F-1 127

Upper case CASE,UPPER,AA 1 F-1 128

Back case CASE,BACK,AA 1 F-1 129

Front case CASE,FRONT,AA 1 F-1 130

Ribbon cassette cover COVER,RIBBON CASSETTE,AA 1 F-1 131

Roll paper cover COVER,ROLL PAPER,BA 1 F-1 132

Main plate sub assembly PLATE,MAIN,SUBU ASSEMBLY,A 1 F-1 133

Control panel unit SWITCH PANEL UNIT,AA 1 F-1 134

Strengthening plate PLATE,STRENGTHEN,B 1 F-1 135

Lower plate PLATE,LOWER,A 1 F-1 136

Appendix E-10 Parts List Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Support plate PLATE,SUPPORT,A 1 F-1 137

Table holder HOLDER,TABLE,A 1 F-1 138

Operation label (type FA) LABEL,OPERATION,FA 1 F-1 139

Operation label (type BA) LABEL,OPERATION,BA 1 F-1 140

Holder plate (type A) PLATE,HOLDER,A 1 F-1 141

Holder spring SPRING,HOLDER,A 1 F-1 142

Roll paper holder HOLDER,ROLL PAPER,A 1 F-1 143

Front sound absorption material SOUND ABSORPTION MATERIAL,FRONT 2 F-1 144

Take-up gear GEAR,TAKE-UP 1 F-1 146

Take-up frame assembly FRAME,TAKE-UP ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 147

Front seal SEAL,FRONT,AA 1 F-1 148

Operation label (type DA) LABEL,OPERATION,DA 1 F-1 149

Take-up spring TAKE UP SPRING 1 F-1 151

Take-up pulley TAKE UP PULLEY 1 F-1 152

Paper take-up belt PAPER TAKE UP BELT 1 F-1 153

Roll paper receive roller ROLL PAPER RECEIVE ROLLER 3 F-1 154

Hexagon lock screw (inch type) HEXAGON LOCK SCREW 2 F-1 155

Screw (C.P.S-tite, 3X6) C.P.S-TITE SCREW,3X6,F/ZN - F-1 155

Power switch cover COVER,POWER SWITCH,BA 1 F-1 156

Control panel label LABEL,SWITCH PANEL,AA 1 F-1 157

Operation label (type EA) LABEL,OPERATION,EA 1 F-1 158

Roll paper guide GUIDE,ROLL PAPER 1 F-1 159

Holder plate (type B) PLATE,HOLDER,B 1 F-1 160

76 mm kit 76MM KIT 1 F-1 161

Head caution seal SEAL,CAUTION,HEAD B 1 F-1 162

E-ring (3) RETAINING RING, TYPE-E(3) - F-2 163

E-ring (4) RETAINING RING, TYPE-E(4) - F-2 164

Cutter plate cover COVER,CUTTER PLATE,AB 1 F-2 165

Assist frame sub assembly ASSIST FRAME SUB ASSY 1 F-3,4 166

Back frame FRAME,BACK,A 1 F-2 167

Break cap CAP,BREAK,A 1 F-2 168

Left hook button BUTTON,HOOK,L 1 F-2 169

Right hook button BUTTON,HOOK,R 1 F-2 170

Break spring SPRING,BREAK,A 1 F-2 171

Right hook spring SPRING,HOOK,R 1 F-2 172

Left hook spring SPRING,HOOK,L 1 F-2 173

Rev.D Parts List Appendix E-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Break plate sub assembly PLATE,BREAK SUB ASSY,A 1 F-2 174

Cover frame sub assembly FRAME,COVER SUB ASSY,A 1 F-2 175

Right cover plate sub assembly PLATE,COVER SUB ASSY,R 1 F-2 176

Left cover plate sub assembly PLATE,COVER SUB ASSY,L 1 F-2 177

Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4) C.B.S-TITE F,3X4,F/ZN - F-2 178

Cutter frame sub unit FRAME,CUTTER SUB UNIT 1 F-2 179

E-ring (2.5) RETAINING RING, TYPE-E(2.5) - F-2 180

Screw (C.B., 2X2.5) C.B. SCREW, 2X2.5,F/ZN - F-2 181

Autocutter deceleration gear GEAR,DETECTION A/C 1 F-2 182

Autocutter deceleration shaft SHAFT,DETECTION GEAR A/C 1 F-2 183

Cutter worm gear GEAR,CUTTER WORM 1 F-2 184

Clutch washer WASHER,CLUTCH 1 F-2 185

Cutter clutch spring SPRING,CUTTER CLUTCH 1 F-2 186

Switch screw SCREW,SWITCH,1 1 F-2 187

Cutter cover sub assembly COVER,CUTTER SUB ASSY 1 F-2 188

Cutter drive gear assembly GEAR,CUTTER DRIVE ASSY 1 F-2 189

Cutter motor assembly MOTOR,CUTTER ASSY 1 F-2 191

Cutter lead wire assembly LEAD WIRE,CUTTER ASSY,AA 1 F-2 192

Plain washer (3X0.5X7) PLAIN WASHER, M3X0.5X7 F/NI 1 F-2 193

Ferrite core Ferrite core 1 2-118,F-2 195

Main circuit board unit (with MICR) MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT 1 F-1 201

Main circuit board unit (without MICR) MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT 1 F-1 201

Parallel I/F circuit board unit PARALLEL I/F CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT 1 F-1 202

RS-232 I/F circuit board unit RS-232 I/F CIRCUIT BOARD UNIT 1 F-1 202

Power switch cable assembly POWER SWITCH CABLE SET,AA 1 F-1 203

Control panel circuit board assembly SWITCH PANEL CIRCUIT BOARD 1 F-1 204
ASSEMBLY

N.E. detector assembly lead wire LEAD WIRE N.E.DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 205

Circuit board FFC FFC,CIRCUIT BOARD 2 F-1 206

Control panel cable CABLE,SWITCH PANEL 1 F-1 207

Ground wire assembly EARTH WIRE ASSY,F 1 F-2 208

Autocutter cable assembly CABLE ASSY,A/C 1 F-2 209

Mechanism assembly (with MICR) MECHANISM ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 600

Mechanism assembly (without MICR) MECHANISM ASSEMBLY 1 F-1 600

Ribbon feed spring RIBBON FEED SPRING 1 F-7 601

Parallel pin (1.6X10) PP-A,1.6X10,S/NA 3 F-8 602

Belt drive cap CAP,BELT DRIVE 2 F-7 603

Appendix E-12 Parts List Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Platen spring SPRING,PLATEN 2 F-8 604

Oil ring OIL RING 2 F-7 605

Slip insertion detector holder HOLDER,SLIP INSERT DETECTOR 1 F-5,6 606

Nylon clip NYLON CLIP 1 F-3,4 607

Screw (C.P.P-tite, 3X12) C.P.P-TITE SCREW,3X12,F/ZN - F-7 608

Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X6) C.B.P-TITE SCREW,3X6,F/ZN - F-3,4,5,6,8 609

Slip feed roller shaft holder SHAFT HOLDER,SLIP FEED ROLLER 4 F-3,4,5,6 610

Carriage spring SPRING,CARRIAGE 1 F-7 611

Front reinforcement frame FRAME,FRONT REINFORCE 1 F-5,6 612

Front frame FRAME,FRONT 1 F-5,6 613

Lever drive motor detector plate DETECTOR PLATE,LEVER DRIVE MOTOR 1 F-5,6 614

Lever motor reduction gear GEAR,LEVER MOTOR REDUCTION 1 F-5,6 615

Lever drive transmission gear GEAR,LEVER DRIVE TRANSMISSION 1 F-3,4 616

Lever drive shaft gear GEAR,LEVER DRIVE SHAFT 1 F-5,6 617

Form stopper FORM STOPPER 1 F-5,6 618

Form stopper shaft SHAFT,FORM STOPPER 1 F-5,6 619

Form stopper spring SPRING,FORM STOPPER 1 F-5,6 620

Lever drive coil (type A) COIL,LEVER DRIVE,A 1 F-5,6 621

Lever drive coil (type B) COIL,LEVER DRIVE,B 1 F-5,6 622

Nose guide GUIDE,NOSE 1 F-7 623

Platen lever assembly LEVER,PLATEN ASSEMBLY 1 F-8 624

Platen lever spring SPRING,PLATEN LEVER 1 F-8 625

Left platen lever shaft SHAFT,PLATEN LEVER,L 1 F-8 626

Right platen lever shaft SHAFT,PLATEN LEVER,R 1 F-8 627

Platen lever drive cam CAM,PLATEN LEVER DRIVE 1 F-3,4 628

Carriage belt BELT,CARRIAGE 1 F-7 629

Belt tension spring SPRING,BELT TENSION 1 F-7 630

Carriage guide shaft SHAFT,CARRIAGE GUIDE 1 F-7 631

Carriage transmission pulley PULLEY,CARRIAGE TRANSMISSION 1 F-7 632

Carriage drive pulley PULLEY,CARRIAGE DRIVE 1 F-7 633

Carriage drive transmission gear GEAR,CARRIAGE DRIVE TRANSMISSION 1 F-7 634

Paper ejection detector holder HOLDER,PAPER EJECTION DETECTOR 1 F-3,4 635

R cover detector cap CAP,R COVER DETECTOR 1 F-3,4 636

Paper feed transmission gear GEAR,PAPER FEED TRANSMISSION 1 F-5,6 637

Release lever shaft SHAFT,RELEASE LEVER 1 F-8 638

Paper guide lever shaft SHAFT,PAPER GUIDE LEVER 1 F-8 639

Rev.D Parts List Appendix E-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Sub paper hold roller shaft SHAFT,SUB PAPER HOLD ROLLER 1 F-8 640

Guide roller shaft SHAFT,GUIDE ROLLER 1 F-8 641

Paper hold roller shaft SHAFT,PAPER HOLD ROLLER 1 F-8 642

Paper feed frame shaft SHAFT,PAPER FEED FRAME 1 F-3,4 643

Sub slip feed lever shaft SHAFT,SUB SLIP FEED LEVER 1 F-5,6 644

Slip hold roller shaft SHAFT,SLIP HOLD ROLLER 1 F-3,4 645

Take-up drive gear GEAR,TAKE-UP DRIVE 1 F-3,4 646

Slip transmission gear GEAR,SLIP TRANSMISSION 3 F-3,4 647

Paper feed gear GEAR,PAPER FEED 4 F-8 648

Slip drive gear GEAR,SLIP DRIVE 4 F-3,4,5,6,8 649

J/S change lever LEVER,J/S CHANGE 1 F-3,4 650

J/S change spring SPRING,J/S CHANGE 1 F-3,4 651

Paper guide lever spring SPRING,PAPER GUIDE LEVER 2 F-8 652

Assist paper guide spring SPRING,ASSIST PAPER GUIDE 1 F-8 653

Paper feed roller spring SPRING,PAPER FEED ROLLER 2 F-8 654

Paper feed frame fixing lever spring (type SPRING,PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING 2 F-8 655
A) LEVER,A

Sub slip feed lever spring SPRING,SUB SLIP FEED LEVER 1 F-5,6 656

Paper release lever LEVER,PAPER RELEASE 1 F-8 657

Paper guide lever LEVER,PAPER GUIDE 1 F-8 658

Slip feed roller holder HOLDER,SLIP FEED ROLLER 1 F-8 659

Sub slip feed roller holder HOLDER,SUB SLIP FEED ROLLER 1 F-5,6 660

Slip guide upper frame FRAME,SLIP GUID UPPER 1 F-5,6 661

Slip guide lower frame (type B) FRAME,SLIP GUID LOWER,B 1 F-5 662

Slip guide lower frame assembly (type B) FRAME,SLIP GUID LOWER,B ASSEMBLY 1 F-6 662

Sub paper hold roller ROLLER,SUB PAPER HOLD 3 F-8 663

Assist paper guide PAPER GUIDE,ASSIST 1 F-8 664

Paper hold roller ROLLER,PAPER HOLD 1 F-8 665

Paper feed roller ROLLER,PAPER FEED 1 F-8 666

Sub slip hold roller ROLLER,SUB SLIP HOLD 1 F-5,6 667

Slip feed roller ROLLER,SLIP FEED 1 F-8 668

Paper feed frame cover COVER,PAPER FEED FRAME 1 F-8 669

Slip paper guide PAPER GUIDE,SLIP 1 F-8 670

Drive lever coil cover COVER,DRIVE LEVER COIL 1 F-5,6 671

Validation stopper STOPPER,VALIDATION 1 F-5,6 672

Validation stopper spring SPRING,VALIDATION STOPPER 1 F-5,6 673

Platen ground plate (type A) PLATE,PLATEN GROUND,A 1 F-8 674

Appendix E-14 Parts List Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Platen ground plate (type B) PLATE,PLATEN GROUND,B 1 F-8 675

Cover ground plate PLATE,COVER GROUND 1 F-8 676

Paper feed frame stopper STOPPER,PAPER FEED FRAME 1 F-3,4 677

Backup paper guide cap CAP,BACK-UP PAPER GUIDE 1 F-8 678

MICR shutter SHUTTER,MICR 1 F-5 679

Endorsement platen shutter SHUTTER,ENDORSEMENT PLATEN 1 F-5,6 680

Ribbon reduction gear GEAR,RIBBON REDUCTION 1 F-7 682

Ribbon intermediate gear GEAR,RIBBON INTERMEDIATE 1 F-7 683

Belt plate PLATE,BELT 1 F-3,4 684

Platen adjustment screw SCREW,PLATEN ADJUSTMENT 2 F-8 685

Lever drive motor assembly MOTOR,LEVER DRIVE ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 686

Sub slip feed lever sub assembly LEVER,SUB SLIP FEED SUB ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 687

Print head unit (Eb) PRINT HEAD UNIT EB 1 F-7 689

Paper ejection detector assembly PAPER EJECTION DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-3,4 690

Front cover detector assembly FRONT COVER DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-3,4 691

Rear cover detector assembly REAR COVER DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-3,4 692

Lever drive shaft assembly LEVER DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 693

Sub slip feed roller assembly ROLLER,SUB SLIP FEED ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 694

Lever coil mounting plate sub assembly MOUNTING PLATE,LEVER COIL SUB 1 F-5,6 695
ASSEMBLY

Slip B.O.F. detector assembly SLIP B.O.F. DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 696

Validation detector assembly VALIDATION DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 697

Paper feed frame assembly PAPER FEED FRAME ASSEMBLY 1 F-8 698

Sub paper feed roller assembly ROLLER,SUB PAPER FEED ASSEMBLY 1 F-8 699

Paper feed frame fixing L lever (type A) LEVER,PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING L,A 1 F-8 701
assembly ASSEMBLY

Paper feed frame fixing R lever (type A) LEVER,PAPER FEED FRAME FIXING R,A 1 F-8 702
assembly ASSEMBLY

Slip T.O.F. detector assembly SLIP T.O.F. DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 703

Lever motor T.P. detector assembly LEVER MOTER T.P. DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 704

Main circuit board (type AB) assembly MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD,AB ASSEMBLY 1 F-5,6 705

Ribbon drive plate assembly RIBBON DRIVE PLATE ASSEMBLY 1 F-7 706

H.P. detector assembly H.P.DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-7 707

Intermediate circuit board assembly INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY 1 F-7 708

Carriage assembly CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY 1 F-7 709

Paper end detector assembly PAPER END DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 1 F-8 710

Platen assembly PLATEN ASSEMBLY 1 F-8 711

Ribbon take-up gear assembly GEAR,RIBBON TAKE-UP ASSEMBLY 1 F-7 712

Rev.D Parts List Appendix E-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Carriage cover frame assembly FRAME,CARRIAGE COVER ASSEMBLY 1 F-3,4 713

Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X4) C.B.S-TITE F,3X4,F/ZN - F-3,4 714

Screw (C.P.S-tite F, 3X5) C.P.S-TITE F,3X5,F/ZN - F-3,4 715

Screw (C.C., 2X3) C.C.2X3,F/ZN - F-3,4 716

Screw (C.C., 3X5) C.C.SCREW,3X5,F/ZN - F-3,4 717

Nylon lock nut NYLON LOCK NUT M3 - F-8 718

E-ring (1.5) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(1.5) - F-5,6,8 719

E-ring (2) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(2) F/UC - F-7,8 720

E-ring (3) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(3)F/UC - F-3,4,5,6,8 721

E-ring (4) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(4) F/UC - F-8 722

E-ring (5) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(5) F/UC - F-5,6,7 723

E-ring (2.3) RETAINING RING TYPE-E (2.3) F/UC - F-3,4,5,6,8 724

Screw (C.C.S-tite, 2.5X5) C.C.S-TITE SCREW,2.5*5,F/ZN - F-3,4,5,6 725

Screw (C.B.S-tite F, 3X6) C.B.S-TITEF,3X6,F/ZN - F-3,4,5,6,7 726

J/S change solenoid J/S CHANG SOLENOID 1 F-3,4 727

J/S change gear J/S CHANGE GEAR 1 F-3,4 728

Paper feed reduction gear PAPER FEED REDUCTION GEAR 2 F-3,4 729

Crank shaft holder CRANK SHAFT HOLDER 6 F-5,6,8 730

Paper feed trigger claw spring PAPER FEED TRIGGER CROW SPRING 3 2 F-5,6 731

Paper feed trigger attraction plate PAPER FEED TRIGGER ATTRACTIVE PLATE 2 F-5,6 732

Carriage motor MOTOR,CARRIAGE 1 F-7 733

Intermediate cable (type A) CABLE,INTERMEDIATE,A 1 F-7 734

Intermediate cable (type B) CABLE,INTERMEDIATE,B 1 F-7 735

Intermediate cable (type C) CABLE,INTERMEDIATE,C 1 F-7 736

Paper ejection detector cable (type A) CABLE ASSEMBLY,PAPER EJECTION 1 F-5,6 737
assembly DETECTOR,A

Paper ejection detector cable (type B) CABLE ASSEMBLY,PAPER EJECTION 1 F-3,4 738
assembly DETECTOR,B

Paper feed motor MOTOR,PAPER FEED 1 F-3,4 739

Lead wire (type A) LEAD WIRE,A 1 F-5,6 740

Lead wire (type B) LEAD WIRE,B 1 F-5,6 741

Lead wire (type C) LEAD WIRE,C 1 F-5,6 742

Lead wire (type D) LEAD WIRE,D 1 F-5,6 743

Lead wire (type E) LEAD WIRE,E 1 F-5,6 744

Lead wire (type F) LEAD WIRE,F 1 F-5,6 745

Lead wire (type G) LEAD WIRE,G 1 F-5,6 746

Lead wire (type H) LEAD WIRE,H 1 F-5,6 747

Appendix E-16 Parts List Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

Lead wire (type I) LEAD WIRE,I 1 F-5,6 748

Lead wire (type J) LEAD WIRE,J 1 F-5,6 749

Lead wire (type K) LEAD WIRE,K 1 F-5,6 750

Lead wire (type L) LEAD WIRE,L 1 F-7 751

Lead wire (type M) LEAD WIRE,M 1 F-7 752

Lead wire (type N) LEAD WIRE,N 1 F-7 753

Lead wire (type O) LEAD WIRE,O 1 F-8 754

Lead wire (type P) LEAD WIRE,P 1 F-8 755

Lead wire (type Q) LEAD WIRE,Q 1 F-8 756

Lead wire (type R) LEAD WIRE,R 1 F-5,6 757

Lead wire (type S) LEAD WIRE,S 1 F-5,6 758

Lead wire (type T) LEAD WIRE,T 1 F-5,6 759

Lead wire (type U) LEAD WIRE,U 1 F-3,4 760

Lead wire (type V) LEAD WIRE,V 1 F-3,4 761

Lead wire (type W) LEAD WIRE,W 1 F-3,4 762

Lead wire (type X) LEAD WIRE,X 1 F-3,4 763

Lead wire (type Y) LEAD WIRE,Y 1 F-3,4 764

Lead wire (type Z) LEAD WIRE,Z 1 F-3,4 765

Slip hold roller sleeve SLEEVE,SLIP HOLD ROLLER 1 F-3,4 766

Slip hold roller spring SPRING,SLIP HOLD ROLLER 1 F-3,4 767

Gear train cover COVER,GEAR TRAIN 1 F-7 768

Intermediate circuit board cover COVER,INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT BOARD 1 F-7 769

Sub slip hold sleeve SLEEVE,SUB SLIP HOLD 2 F-5,6 770

Intermediate cable tube TUBE,CABLE INTERMEDIATE 1 F-7 771

C-ring (5103-21) C-RING,5103-21 2 F-8 772

Screw (C.B., 2.6X4) C.B.,2.6X4,F/ZN - F-5,6 773

J/S solenoid mounting plate MOUNTING PLATE,J/S SOLENOID 1 F-3,4 774

Screw (C.P.S-tite(P4), 3x6) C.P.S-TITE(P4),3X6,F/ZN - F-7 775

Screw (C.B.P-tite, 3X8) C.B.P-TITE SCREW,3X8,F/ZN - F-5,6 776

MICR roller shaft SHAFT,MICR ROLLER 2 F-9 777

E-ring (1.2) RETAINING RING TYPE-E(1.2) F/UC - F-9 778

Motor shield spacer SPACER,MOTOR SHIELD 1 F-4 779

Motor shield case CASE,MOTOR SHIELD 1 F-4 780

Motor shield cover COVER,MOTOR SHIELD 1 F-4 781

MICR assembly ASSEMBLY,MICR 1 F-9 782

MICR case CASE,MICR 1 F-9 783

Rev.D Parts List Appendix E-17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
name for service manual name for price list qty page ref.#

MICR lever fixing plate FIXING PLATE,MICR LEVER 1 F-9 784

MICR shield cover (type A) COVER,MICR SHIELD,A 1 F-9 785

MICR connector assembly CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY,MICR 1 F-9 786

MICR lever LEVER,MICR 1 F-9 787

MICR fixing MICR FIXING 1 F-9 788

MICR solenoid SOLENOID,MICR 1 F-9 789

MICR lever spring SPRING,MICR LEVER 1 F-9 790

MICR fixing sheet SHEET,MICR FIXING 1 F-9 791

MICR frame assembly FRAME,MICR ASSEMBLY 1 F-9 792

Screw (C.P.(S-P2), 2.5X5) C.P.(S-P2),2.5X5,F/Zn - F-9 793

Screw (C.P.(S), 2.6X8) C.P.(S)SCREW,2.6X8.F/ZN - F-9 794

Head seal SEAL,HEAD 1 F-7 795

MICR lever guide shaft SHAFT,MICR LEVER GUIDE 2 F-9 796

Appendix E-18 Parts List Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix F
Exploded Diagrams

TM-U675/U675P
102 149
158 106
162
132

600
204
110 159
153
160
131 109
126
161

112
113
114
139 103

109
157 106
112
113 147
108
114 108
146
154
144
133 135 151
134 154 152
104
103
129 125
121 103
137
A 143 118 105
103
119

SERIAL
107
107
155 120
130 142 141
107
202 116
PARALLEL 117
207 107 155
107 202

107 107

201 123
128 138 205
107
206
136 124
106
140
203 122

124 127
106
106
103 148
106
111
103
156 124

Rev.D Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Autocutter Assembly
102
102
175
177

173

163 102

169

176
102 164

188

172
170

164
164
163
189

181
193 167
103
180

184 192
208

182
185
186 103
187 102
195 174
183 168

191
179

178 165

107
102

171

209
A

Rev.D Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Mechanism Assembly (without MICR)

725

690
635
713 609
166
738 102

643
714 714

610 739
717
721
628
645
692
616 691
721 714
636
760 763
761 764 715
762 765
767
766 677
610 684
726 726

717
646

721
729
726

647 721
728
724
647
649
651 647
607 721 729 721
726 650

726
716

727

774

Rev.D Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Mechanism Assembly (with MICR)

725 781

690 725
635
166
713 609
102

738

779 643
714 714 739
717

610

721 780
628
726
645
726
692
616 691
721 714
636
760 763
761 764 715
762 765
767
766 677
610 684
726 726

717
646

721
729
726

647 721
728
724
647
649
651 647
607 721 729 721
726 650

726
716

727

774

Rev.D Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Frame Assembly (without MICR)

680
726
620

721
703
610 719
748
726 749 725
750 660
618

687
661 656

770 619 615


724 614

613 686
773 741
740
667
612
617
770

726 730
694
732 671
726
726 644
621
732
726 637
622

731 721
609 693
730
672 723
731
610
609 721

726
649

695 719 704


726
726
745 726
746
747
662
726 737
697

757
758
759
679

606 705
776
696
609
742
743
673 744 726

Rev.D Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Frame Assembly (with MICR)

680
726
620

721
703
610 719
748
726 749 725
750 660
618

687
661 656

770 619 615


724 614

613 686
773
740 741
667
612
617
770

726 730
694
732 671
726
726 644
621
732
726 637
622

731 721
609 693
730
672 723
731
610
609 721

726
649

695
704
719 726
726
745 726
746
747
662
726 737
697

757
758
759

705
776
673
606
696 742 609 776 726
743
744

Rev.D Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Carriage Assembly

629

720
608 603

623 633 720

689 720 768


726
706
775 726
707

751 634
752
795 753
712

682
720
683
601 603

632
723

733

709 726

775
735
611 631
734
771
775
605

630

736

708

769
775
775

Rev.D Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

PF Assembly
719 657
669
609
676
638

609
701

710
655
754
755 663
756

722 720 641


699
722
685 711
722
730 698 663
730

720
721
640
654
626
685 678
664 648 602
666 721 730

718 722 648 702


665
772 722
624 642 639
721
655
604 730

772 653

674 654
604 724 602
648
627 625 722
675
668 648
663 722
722
718

659
670 602
649

724
658

652

Rev.D Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

MICR Unit

785

782
787 784
778
777
786

778 794

793

796

791

788 777
796

792

790

783

789

Rev.D Exploded Diagrams Appendix F-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix G
General Lubrication Point Diagrams

TM-U675/U675P

G-36

G-36

G-36

SERIAL

PARALLEL

Rev.D General Lubrication Point Diagrams Appendix G-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Autocutter Assembly
G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36 G-36 195


G-36

G-15

G-15

Rev.D General Lubrication Point Diagrams Appendix G-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Mechanism Assembly (without MICR)

G-48

G-36
G-36

G-48

G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36

Rev.D General Lubrication Point Diagrams Appendix G-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Mechanism Assembly (with MICR)

G-48

G-36
G-36

G-48

G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36

Rev.D General Lubrication Point Diagrams Appendix G-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Frame Assembly (without MICR)


G-48

G-48

G-48
G-48
G-48

G-36

G-48

G-36

G-36

G-48
G-36

G-36

G-48

Rev.D General Lubrication Point Diagrams Appendix G-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Frame Assembly (with MICR)


G-48

G-48

G-48
G-48
G-48

G-36

G-48

G-36

G-36

G-48
G-36

G-36

G-48

Rev.D General Lubrication Point Diagrams Appendix G-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Carriage Assembly

G-36

G-36

G-36

G-36
G-36
G-36

G-36

G-36
G-36

G-36
G-36 G-36
G-36

G-36
G-36

O-10
G-36

G-36
O-10

Rev.D General Lubrication Point Diagrams Appendix G-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

PF Assembly

G-48

G-48

G-48

G-36

G-48

G-36

G-36

Rev.D General Lubrication Point Diagrams Appendix G-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

MICR Unit

G-47

G-47

Rev.D General Lubrication Point Diagrams Appendix G-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix I
Printer Handling

Using the Power Switch Cover

WARNING:
If an accident occurs when the power switch cover is attached, unplug the power cord
from the outlet immediately to avoid fire or shock.

You can use the enclosed power switch cover to make sure the power switch is not accidentally
pressed. The illustration below shows the power switch cover installed.

switch cover

Figure I-1 Power switch cover

If you need to turn the power on or off when the cover is installed, you can insert a thin tool into
one of the holes in the cover to operate the switch.

Rev.D Printer Handling Appendix I-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Opening the Front Cover
You can open the front cover of the printer by using the tabs on each side of the cover.

tab

Figure I-2 Opening the front cover

Opening and Closing the Roll Paper Cover

Opening the Roll Paper Cover


Pull the latch levers on the right and left sides of the roll paper cover in the direction of the
arrow marked and push the cover so that it rotates toward the back to open the cover.

latch levers

Figure I-3 Opening the Front Cover

Appendix I-2 Printer Handling Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Closing the Roll Paper Cover

Note:
If you do not close the roll paper cover using the following procedures, a paper jam can occur.

1. Check that the power to the printer is turned ON. If it is not ON, turn it ON.

2. Press the FEED button to feed approximately 50 mm of roll paper. (this work is not
necessary if you replace or install the paper roll because paper feeding occurs automatically
when you insert paper into the roll paper slot.)

3. Cut the receipt paper with the manual cutter shown below.

Manual
cutter

Figure I-4

4. Close the roll paper cover. Press down on the roll paper cover until you hear a click.

Installing or Replacing the Paper Roll


You need to install a paper roll even if you are using only the slip or validation sections of the
printer.

Note:
Do not use paper rolls that have the paper glued or taped to the core because they might cause a paper jam.

1. Make sure the printer is turned on.

2. To prevent data loss make sure that the printer is not receiving data.

Rev.D Printer Handling Appendix I-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
3. Pull the latch levers on the right and left sides of the roll paper cover in the direction of the
arrow marked and push the cover so that it rotates toward the back to open the cover.

latch levers

Figure I-5 Opening the roll paper cover

4. Remove the used paper roll core if there is one.

5. Insert the paper roll as shown.

Figure I-6 Inserting the paper roll

Appendix I-4 Printer Handling Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

6. Be sure to note the correct direction that the paper should come off the roll.

Figure I-7 Correct direction

7. Turn ON the power supply to the printer.

8. Hold both edges of the paper and insert it into the paper slot. The paper is automatically fed
into the printer.

paper slot

Figure I-8 Inserting the paper into the paper slot

Rev.D Printer Handling Appendix I-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
9. When using 2-ply roll paper, insert the end of the journal paper into the take-up spool as
shown below. Be sure that 40 to 60 mm (1.5 to 2.25 in.) of paper extends beyond the spool
and that the right side of the paper is against the spools flange.

spool

Figure I-9 Inserting the end of the journal paper into the take-up spool

10. Insert the take-up spool and cut off the receipt paper, as shown below.

Note:
When installing or replacing the roll paper, use the manual cutter to cut the receipt paper. If you cut
the receipt paper using the emergency cutter on the autocutter after closing the roll paper cover, there
is the possibility of causing a paper jam.

Manual
cutter

Figure I-10 Inserting the take-up spool

11. Close the roll paper cover.

Appendix I-6 Printer Handling Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Removing Paper
If you need to remove roll paper before it is all gone, follow these steps:

1. Lift up the take-up spool with the journal paper attached.

2. Cut the paper off behind the paper insert slot.

3. Push the release lever (located on the right side of the paper roll).

Then pull out the remaining paper in the paper feed direction. Always pull paper in the paper
feed direction to prevent damage to the printer mechanism.

Figure I-11 Removing the paper

Rev.D Printer Handling Appendix I-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Installing the Ribbon Cassette
To install the ribbon cassette for the first time or to replace a used ribbon, follow the steps below:

Note:
Be sure to turn on the power before installing a ribbon cassette.

1. Unpack the ribbon cassette and turn the knob in the direction shown to take up any slack.

knob

Figure I-12 Turning the knob

2. Open the front cover of the printer, using the tabs on each side of the cover.

tab

Figure I-13 Opening the front cover

3. Remove the old ribbon, if there is one.

Appendix I-8 Printer Handling Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

4. Insert the new ribbon cassette as shown.

Figure I-14 Inserting the new ribbon cassette

5. Turn the knob two or three times to make sure the ribbon is seated correctly. You can also
look at the side of the slip unit to see if the ribbon is in the correct place. See below.

edge of
ribbon
cassette

Figure I-15 Making sure if the ribbon is seated correctly

6. Close the front cover of the printer.

EPSON recommends the use of genuine EPSON ribbon cassettes. Ribbon cassettes not
manufactured by EPSON may cause damage to your printer that is not covered by EPSONs
warranties.

Rev.D Printer Handling Appendix I-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Inserting Slip Paper
When you insert slip paper, be sure that the right side of the paper is against the right side of the
paper guide, as shown below.

Figure I-16 Inserting slip paper

Inserting Validaton Paper


When you insert validation paper, be sure that the right side of the paper is against the right side
of the paper guide, as shown below.

Figure I-17 Inserting validaton paper

Appendix I-10 Printer Handling Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Reading MICR Characters On Personal Checks


To use the MICR function with personal checks (for printers with the factory-installed optional
MICR reader), follow the steps below:

CAUTION:
Do not insert checks with staples in them. This may cause paper jams, MICR reading
errors, and damage to the MICR head.

Note:
Be sure that the checks are flat, without curls, folds, or wrinkles.

1. Wait until the computer sends the FS a 0 command to the printer, causing it to enter the
MICR mode. The SLIP light blinks.

2. Turn the check over so that it is face up with the MICR characters on the right side. The MICR
characters must be next to the right edge of the paper inlet.

MICR
characters
on this side
face up

Figure I-18 Inserting a check

3. Insert the check straight into the paper inlet, using the right edge of the paper inlet as a
guide.

4. Insert the check as far as it will go. The printer will detect the check and start drawing it in.

5. When the printer starts drawing it in, let go of the check immediately. Otherwise, the check
may not be fed straight, and there could be a paper jam or a MICR reading error. The SLIP
light quits blinking but stays on.

6. When printing and MICR reading are finished, the printer ejects the check and the SLIP light
starts blinking again.

7. Remove the check by pulling it straight up; do not pull it at an angle. The SLIP light goes off.

Rev.D Printer Handling Appendix I-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Adjusting the Roll Paper Near End Detector
The paper near end detector detects when paper is almost gone by measuring the diameter of
the paper roll. The detector has five settings. The factory setting (#5) leaves the least paper on the
roll when the near-end sensor is triggered. If you want more paper on the roll when the sensor is
triggered, choose one of the other settings, using the procedure below.

Note:
Because of variations in paper roll cores, it is not possible for the detector to measure exactly the length of
paper left on the roll when the detector is triggered.

1. Open the paper roll cover, and remove the paper roll.

2. Loosen the adjusting screw with a coin, and carefully move the detecting lever down. At the
factory the lever is set at the highest position (#5). As you move the lever down through the
five positions, you increase the amount of paper left on the roll when the near-end sensor is
triggered.

adjusting
screw

detecting
lever

Figure I-19 Adjustment screw and detecting lever

3. When you have moved the lever where you want it, tighten the adjusting screw, and check
to be sure that the detecting lever moves freely.

4. Replace the paper roll.

Appendix I-12 Printer Handling Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Using the Control Panel


Most of the functions of this printer are governed by software, but you can monitor the printers
status by looking at the lights on the control panel, and for some procedures you will use the
buttons.

Control Panel

Figure I-20 Control panel

POWER
This light is on when the power is turned on.

ERROR
When this light is on but not blinking, it means that the printer is offline. Check to see if a cover
is open. When this light is blinking, there is an error. If you see this light blinking, turn off the
printer for a few seconds and then turn it back on. If the light is still blinking, see Chapter 1
Troubleshooting.

PAPER OUT
This light comes on when the printer is out or nearly out of roll paper. The printer has a paper
end detector, and it also has a near-end detector (which can be adjusted) to warn you that the
printer is nearly out of paper. See previous section if you want to adjust this detector.

This light blinks during the self-test printing standby state or macro execution standby state
(when the macro execution command is used).

SLIP
This light blinks when the printer is ready to receive slip paper. It stays on during printing on
slip paper and blinks again when slip paper should be removed.

Control Panel Buttons


The control panel has two paper buttons that you may have to use, although most paper
handling functions will be handled by your software.

FEED
Use this button to feed roll paper or to start a roll or validation paper self test. (See Figure I-20)

Rev.D Printer Handling Appendix I-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
RELEASE
Use this button to release slip paper or to start a slip or validation paper self test.
(See Figure I-20)

Appendix I-14 Printer Handling Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix J
Screw Types
Washer (assembled)

Head (side)

Head (top)

Body

Figure J-1 Screw configuration

Table J-1 Screw types


Head (top) Head (side) Body Washer (assembled)

C (Cross) P (Pan) S-tite (S) (Spring lock washer)

B-tite
B (Bind) (S-P1)/(S-P2)/(S-P3)/(S-P4)
(Spring lock washer + plain
washer )

C (Cup) P-tite

(O) (Outside toothed lock


T-B washer)

(P1)/(P2)/(P3)/(P4) (Plain
washer)

(O-P1) (Outside toothed


washer + plain washer)

Rev.D Screw Types Appendix J-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential

Appendix J-2 Screw Types Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential TM-U675/U675P (with autocutter) Service Manual

Appendix K
Parts Layout

Main Circuit Board Unit (Parts Side)

(memory board)

Rev.D Parts Layout Appendix K-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Confidential
Main Circuit Board Unit (Solder Side)

(memory board)

Appendix K-2 Parts Layout Rev.D

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


EPSON
SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION Printed in Japan

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

You might also like